[gparted] Update Croatian translation
- From: Translations User D-L <translations src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gparted] Update Croatian translation
- Date: Sun, 13 Mar 2022 13:19:27 +0000 (UTC)
commit c50098af1279f124b55e2fc96ae13b176ee64a6c
Author: Goran Vidović <trebelnik2 gmail com>
Date: Sun Mar 13 13:19:26 2022 +0000
Update Croatian translation
po/hr.po | 22799 +++++++------------------------------------------------------
1 file changed, 2398 insertions(+), 20401 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/po/hr.po b/po/hr.po
index abf41c7f..08286a73 100644
--- a/po/hr.po
+++ b/po/hr.po
@@ -1,20789 +1,2786 @@
-# Croatian translation for gnome-user-docs.
-# Copyright (C) 2018 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
-# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+# Croatian translation for gparted
+# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gparted package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-02 23:17+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-13 13:07+0100\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: gparted\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted/issues\n";
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-09-11 17:47+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-13 14:15+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: gogo <trebelnik2 gmail com>\n"
"Language-Team: Croatian <hr li org>\n"
"Language: hr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || "
-"n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && "
+"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-08-03 20:12+0000\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
-msgstr "Creative Commons Imenovanje-Dijeli pod istim uvjetima 3.0 Hrvatska"
+#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:1 ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:3
+msgid "GParted Partition Editor"
+msgstr "GParted uređivač particija"
-#. (itstool) path: license/p
-#: C/legal.xml:3
-msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
-msgstr "Ovaj rad je licenciran pod <_:link-1/>."
+#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:2 ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:4
+msgid "Create, reorganize, and delete partitions"
+msgstr "Stvorite, preuredite i obrišite particije"
-#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr ""
-"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
-" gogo https://launchpad.net/~trebelnik-stefina";
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:18 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:18 C/a11y.page:14 C/a11y-right-click.page:20
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/a11y-visualalert.page:19
-#: C/accounts-add.page:28 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9
-#: C/display-brightness.page:24 C/files-browse.page:20 C/files-delete.page:19 C/files-lost.page:18
-#: C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:16 C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17
-#: C/files-search.page:21 C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:16 C/hardware-auth.page:9
-#: C/hardware.page:10 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 C/keyboard-nav.page:23
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:15 C/look-background.page:25 C/media.page:12
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20 C/mouse-middleclick.page:18
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 C/nautilus-behavior.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15 C/nautilus-display.page:14 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8 C/nautilus-preview.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:16 C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 C/net.page:12 C/prefs-display.page:11 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:11
-#: C/printing-setup.page:28 C/privacy-purge.page:26 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:20
C/screen-shot-record.page:18
-#: C/session-formats.page:16 C/session-language.page:19 C/shell-exit.page:20 C/shell-introduction.page:20
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 C/shell-windows-states.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 C/sound-alert.page:13 C/sound-usemic.page:12 C/sound-usespeakers.page:13
-#: C/sound-volume.page:16 C/status-icons.page:53 C/tips-specialchars.page:16 C/tips.page:9
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22 C/user-add.page:19 C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25
-msgid "Shaun McCance"
-msgstr "Shaun McCance"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 C/a11y-icon.page:17 C/a11y-right-click.page:25
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24 C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:24 C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13
-#: C/files-tilde.page:14 C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:18
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:15 C/net-default-email.page:15 C/net-email-virus.page:15 C/net-manual.page:17
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15 C/net-othersedit.page:15 C/net-proxy.page:19 C/net-slow.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20 C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22 C/power-batterylife.page:25 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22 C/power-othercountry.page:18 C/printing-2sided.page:13
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 C/printing-differentsize.page:13 C/printing-envelopes.page:13
-#: C/printing-order.page:13 C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:16 C/printing.page:12
-#: C/sound-volume.page:12 C/user-goodpassword.page:17
-msgid "Phil Bull"
-msgstr "Phil Bull"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28 C/a11y-font-size.page:23
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:22 C/a11y.page:18 C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 C/accounts-add.page:19
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15 C/accounts-which-application.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 C/backup-what.page:20
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21 C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:21 C/clock-timezone.page:21
-#: C/clock-world.page:14 C/color-assignprofiles.page:20 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21 C/color-howtoimport.page:20 C/color-testing.page:23
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:19 C/contacts.page:13 C/contacts-connect.page:17
C/contacts-edit-details.page:21
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:20 C/contacts-search.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:17 C/disk-benchmark.page:22
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:24 C/display-brightness.page:32
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/display-night-light.page:11 C/files-autorun.page:18
-#: C/files-browse.page:28 C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27 C/files-disc-write.page:13
-#: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17 C/files-rename.page:25
-#: C/files-search.page:25 C/files-share.page:20 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17
-#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:20 C/hardware-cardreader.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25 C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19 C/keyboard.page:23 C/look-background.page:33 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
-#: C/look-resolution.page:22 C/media.page:16 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 C/mouse.page:23 C/nautilus-behavior.page:24
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17 C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:22 C/nautilus-preview.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:21 C/net-default-browser.page:19 C/net-default-email.page:19 C/net-email.page:19
-#: C/net-findip.page:24 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:21
-#: C/net-mobile.page:20 C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17 C/net-wired-connect.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:22 C/power-autobrightness.page:14
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:30 C/power-batterylife.page:33
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26 C/power-lowpower.page:25
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:26 C/power-percentage.page:15 C/power-profile.page:13 C/power-status.page:15
-#: C/power-whydim.page:19 C/power-wireless.page:16 C/power.page:17 C/prefs-display.page:15
-#: C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:32 C/privacy.page:23
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22 C/privacy-location.page:14 C/privacy-purge.page:22
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:20
-#: C/session-language.page:27 C/session-screenlocks.page:18 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:17 C/sharing-personal.page:17
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18 C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:40 C/shell-introduction.page:24
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14 C/shell-notifications.page:18
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:18 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 C/sound-alert.page:17
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:16 C/sound-usemic.page:16 C/sound-usespeakers.page:17 C/sound-volume.page:20
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20 C/touchscreen-gestures.page:18 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21 C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:25 C/video-dvd.page:21 C/video-sending.page:17 C/wacom-left-handed.page:17
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:16 C/wacom.page:21
-msgid "Michael Hill"
-msgstr "Michael Hill"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 C/a11y-contrast.page:26 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32 C/a11y-font-size.page:27
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:26 C/a11y.page:22 C/a11y-right-click.page:33 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32 C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 C/accounts-add.page:23 C/accounts-remove.page:19
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:25 C/color-assignprofiles.page:24
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 C/color-howtoimport.page:24
-#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:19 C/contacts-add-remove.page:23
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:22 C/contacts-edit-details.page:25 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:24
-#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:28 C/display-brightness.page:36
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:35
-#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-resolution.page:30 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 C/mouse-middleclick.page:26
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 C/mouse.page:18 C/nautilus-list.page:26
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:23 C/net-default-email.page:23 C/net-findip.page:28
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/net-macaddress.page:26 C/net-othersconnect.page:23
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31 C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 C/net.page:16 C/power-batteryestimate.page:26 C/power-batterylife.page:29
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22 C/power-closelid.page:21 C/power-lowpower.page:17
C/power-nowireless.page:22
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:23
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29 C/printing-to-file.page:13 C/session-fingerprint.page:24
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22 C/sharing.page:14 C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/shell-exit.page:32
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:28 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28 C/shell-notifications.page:22
-#: C/shell-overview.page:19 C/sound-alert.page:21 C/sound-usemic.page:20 C/sound-usespeakers.page:21
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20 C/user-admin-explain.page:17
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 C/user-autologin.page:16 C/user-changepassword.page:25
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:25 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22
-msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
-msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
-msgstr "Zanemari uzastopne pritiske iste tipke."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39
-msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
-msgstr "Uključivanje odbijanja tipki"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand
"
-"tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn "
-"on bounce keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/clock-set.page:38
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:43 C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50 C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48 C/keyboard-layouts.page:54
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:50 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68
C/net-findip.page:51
-#: C/net-findip.page:80 C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:67 C/sharing-desktop.page:159
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:94 C/shell-notifications.page:130 C/tips-specialchars.page:86
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58 C/clock-set.page:42
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:47 C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54 C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52 C/keyboard-layouts.page:58
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72
C/net-findip.page:55
-#: C/net-findip.page:84 C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:71 C/sharing-desktop.page:163
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:98 C/shell-notifications.page:134 C/tips-specialchars.page:90
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:40
-msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61
C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58
-msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Pristupačnost</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64
-msgid "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67
-msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on "
-"the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
-"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another
"
-"key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if "
-"you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after "
-"the previous key press."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
-msgid "Jana Heves"
-msgstr "Jana Heves"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:24
-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:28
-msgid "Read screen in Braille"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:30
-msgid ""
-"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. "
-"Depending on how you installed your system, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33
-msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66
-msgid "Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
-msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re easier to see."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
-msgid "Adjust the contrast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to see. This is not the same as "
-"changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 C/a11y-font-size.page:41 C/a11y-icon.page:41
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:42 C/a11y-right-click.page:48 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 C/a11y-visualalert.page:48
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wi-"
-#| "Fi</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Accessibility</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 C/a11y-font-size.page:45 C/a11y-icon.page:45 C/a11y-mag.page:46
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
-msgid "Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57
-msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on
"
-"the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
-msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40
-msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is
"
-"useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called "
-"<gui>Hover Click</gui> or Dwell Click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47
-msgid ""
-"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the "
-"mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click <gui>Accessibility</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 C/a11y-right-click.page:55
-msgid "Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
-msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use "
-"this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary "
-"Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be
"
-"automatically returned to clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
-msgid ""
-"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color. When it
"
-"has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before "
-"clicking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a "
-"little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be "
-"considered to be hovering."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
-msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34
-msgid "Change text size on the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36
-msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48
-msgid "In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility "
-"icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58
-msgid ""
-"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</"
-"key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use <app>Tweaks</app> to make text size "
-"bigger or smaller."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:21
-msgid "The accessibility menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
-msgid "Find the accessibility menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The <em>accessibility menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You can find "
-"this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:32
-msgid "The accessibility menu can be found on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the accessibility menu, you can enable it from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> settings "
-"panel:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Accessibility Menu</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath "
-"the <gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys
"
-"on the keyboard to move the white line under the accessibility menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to
"
-"open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to "
-"toggle the selected item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
-msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
-msgid "Magnify a screen area"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. "
-"This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the "
-"screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
-msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:52
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window to
on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the
"
-"magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on "
-"the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the "
-"screen. Adjust these in the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:77
-msgid ""
-"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust their
"
-"length, color, and thickness in the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:81
-msgid ""
-"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale
"
-"options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any "
-"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Select the "
-"<gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window to enable and change these options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y.page:26
-msgid "Use assistive technologies to help with special needs for vision, hearing, and mobility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:31 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:100 C/keyboard.page:36
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Access files"
-msgid "Accessibility"
-msgstr "Pristup datotekama"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y.page:33
-msgid ""
-"The system includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and
"
-"to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, giving easier
"
-"access to many of the accessibility features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:39
-msgid "Visual impairments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:42
-msgid "Blindness"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:45
-msgid "Low vision"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:48
-msgid "Color-blindness"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:51 C/a11y.page:73 C/keyboard.page:40
-msgid "Other topics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:56
-msgid "Hearing impairments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/a11y.page:61
-msgid "Mobility impairments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:64
-msgid "Mouse movement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:67
-msgid "Clicking and dragging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/a11y.page:70
-msgid "Keyboard use"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15 C/contacts-connect.page:19
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:19 C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 C/keyboard-nav.page:25
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16 C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:50
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18
-msgid "2012"
-msgstr "2012"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
-msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40
-msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move "
-"your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
-msgid "In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
-msgid ""
-"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click "
-"by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally "
-"right-click, then release. The pointer fills with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button.
"
-"Once it will change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated "
-"secondary click as normal, even if you do not get visual feedback from the pointer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding
"
-"down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this "
-"feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the "
-"button to right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
-msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27
-msgid "Read screen aloud"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29
-msgid ""
-"The <app>Orca</app> screen reader can speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed your system,
"
-"you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35
-msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39
-msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43
-msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch <gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in
"
-"the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60
-msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> in
"
-"the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen Reader</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36
-msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on slow keys"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter "
-"being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little
"
-"while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or "
-"if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
-msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this "
-"option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow "
-"keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:75
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> "
-"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
-"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to "
-"register. See <link xref=\"a11y-bouncekeys\"/> for more info."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key "
-"press is rejected because you didn’t hold the key down long enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
-msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40
-msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold "
-"down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would "
-"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Super</key> "
-"and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
-msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
-msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui> switch to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this
"
-"option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78
-msgid ""
-"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link>
"
-"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more "
-"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Accessibility</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a "
-"keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:88
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> and <key>Tab</key> "
-"simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. "
-"It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
-"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95
-msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:98
-msgid ""
-"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys "
-"turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be "
-"typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier "
-"key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31
-msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
-msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard "
-"time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash "
-"whenever the alert sound is played."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42
-msgid ""
-"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a
"
-"library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
-msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61
-msgid "Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</"
-"link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
-msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16 C/backup-how.page:16
-#: C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:18 C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:12
-#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9 C/disk-format.page:9
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/disk-repair.page:9 C/disk-resize.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:16
-#: C/files-autorun.page:14 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14 C/files-rename.page:13
-#: C/files-search.page:17 C/gnome-classic.page:15 C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 C/hardware-driver.page:11
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15 C/look-background.page:13 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14
-#: C/look-resolution.page:14 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9 C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-find.page:17 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14 C/power-batteryestimate.page:18 C/power-batterylife.page:21
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14 C/power-batterywindows.page:18
-#: C/power-closelid.page:17 C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14 C/power-lowpower.page:13
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:18 C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16
C/power-suspend.page:14
-#: C/power-whydim.page:15 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14 C/printing-streaks.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15 C/session-language.page:15 C/session-screenlocks.page:14
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14 C/shell-overview.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14 C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15 C/shell-workspaces.page:16
-#: C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13 C/sound-nosound.page:12 C/user-accounts.page:14
-#: C/user-add.page:15 C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:13 C/user-admin-problems.page:18
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:17 C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:13
-msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "Projekt GNOME dokumentacije"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:17
-msgid "About this guide"
-msgstr "O ovom vodiču"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:18
-msgid ""
-"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related "
-"questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the "
-"help guide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
-msgid ""
-"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This means that you don’t need to skim
"
-"through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related "
-"topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:29
-msgid ""
-"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant "
-"results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of "
-"helpful information, we know we can’t answer all of your questions here. If you need more assistance, you "
-"can check with your distribution’s support team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:15 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:29
-#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21 C/files-search.page:33
-#: C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:24 C/more-help.page:15 C/net-findip.page:20
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17 C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 C/printing-2sided.page:17 C/printing-cancel-job.page:18
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 C/printing-envelopes.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:21
-#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:14 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16
-#: C/printing-setup.page:20 C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:18 C/privacy-purge.page:18
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:28 C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:24
-msgid "Jim Campbell"
-msgstr "Jim Campbell"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:25 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:28 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31
-#: C/privacy-location.page:16 C/session-fingerprint.page:31 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15
-msgid "2014"
-msgstr "2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:30 C/accounts-remove.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33
-#: C/clock-world.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:28 C/mouse.page:20
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:33 C/net-wired-connect.page:20 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27 C/net.page:18 C/privacy-purge.page:28 C/screen-shot-record.page:29
-#: C/shell-overview.page:21 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
-msgid "2015"
-msgstr "2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:33 C/accounts-disable-service.page:17 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:28 C/backup-how.page:24 C/bluetooth.page:20
-msgid "Klein Kravis"
-msgstr "Klein Kravis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-add.page:35 C/accounts-disable-service.page:19 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:30 C/backup-how.page:26 C/contacts-add-remove.page:29 C/contacts-connect.page:30
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:31 C/contacts-setup.page:31
-msgid "2020"
-msgstr "2020"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-add.page:40
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, calendars, and more."
-msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for files, contacts, calendars, and more."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopustite pristup aplikacijama vašim mrežnim računima kako bi upravljali fotografijama, kontaktima, "
-"kalendarima i još mnogo toga."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-add.page:44
-msgid "Add an account"
-msgstr "Dodaj račun"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your desktop. Thus, your email client, calendar "
-"and other related applications will be set up for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:52 C/accounts-disable-service.page:42 C/accounts-remove.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Online
"
-"Accounts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:56 C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 C/accounts-remove.page:61
-msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:59
-msgid "Select an account from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:62
-msgid "Select the type of account you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:65
-msgid ""
-"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For "
-"example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your email address and password. Some providers "
-"allow you to create a new account from the login dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:71
-msgid ""
-"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online "
-"account. Authorize access to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:76
-msgid ""
-"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link xref=\"accounts-"
-"disable-service\">Switch</link> individual services to off to disable them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:82
-msgid ""
-"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the services you have chosen to "
-"allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\"/> for information on controlling which services to
allow."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you "
-"remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. See <link
xref=\"accounts-"
-"remove\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control "
-"which of these services can be used by applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
-msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services with the same user account. For
"
-"example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, and contacts. You may want to use your account "
-"for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email but not "
-"calendar if you have a different online account that you use for calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37
-msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49
-msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:53
-msgid ""
-"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use for</gui>. See <link "
-"xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see which applications access which services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58
-msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer will not be able to use the "
-"account to connect to that service any more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> panel and switch it "
-"on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13 C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:13
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23
-msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28
-msgid "What if an online service is not listed?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:31
-msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Support for your favorite online service needs someone to develop it. Only the account types that are "
-"listed are currently supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link "
-"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-online-accounts/-/issues/new\";> issue tracker</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:35
-msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
-msgid "Remove an account"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:41
-msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Many online services provide an authorization token which your desktop stores instead of your password. If "
-"you remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that
"
-"no other application or website can connect to that service using the authorization for your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:50
-msgid ""
-"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your settings on the provider’s "
-"website for authorized or connected apps or sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:64
-msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:67
-msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:71
-msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref=\"accounts-disable-"
-"service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
-msgid "2012, 2013"
-msgstr "2012, 2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:39 C/look-background.page:29
-#: C/session-language.page:23 C/shell-exit.page:24 C/shell-introduction.page:32
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 C/shell-workspaces.page:20
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28
-msgid "Andre Klapper"
-msgstr "Andre Klapper"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
-msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they
exploit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
-msgid "Online services and applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account for any of the available "
-"services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers "
-"provide different services. This page lists the different services and some of the applications that are "
-"known to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49
-msgid "Calendar"
-msgstr "Kalendar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online calendar. It is used by "
-"applications like <app>Calendar</app>, <app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56
-msgid "Chat"
-msgstr "Razgovor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
-msgid ""
-"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant messaging platforms. It is used "
-"by the <app>Empathy</app> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 C/contacts.page:24
-msgid "Contacts"
-msgstr "Kontakti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your contacts on various services. It is "
-"used by applications like <app>Contacts</app> and <app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78 C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Datoteke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:79
-msgid ""
-"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using the <link xref=\"nautilus-"
-"connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality in the file manager. You can access remote files using the
"
-"file manager, as well as through file open and save dialogs in any application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
-msgid "Mail"
-msgstr "Pošta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:88
-msgid ""
-"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email provider like Google. It is used by "
-"<app>Evolution</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:103
-msgid "Photos"
-msgstr "Fotografije"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:104
-msgid ""
-"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you post on Facebook. You can view "
-"your photos using the <app>Photos</app> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:110
-msgid "Printers"
-msgstr "Pisači"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:111
-msgid ""
-"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within the print dialog of any "
-"application. The provider might provide print services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, "
-"which you can download and print later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
-msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
-msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29
-msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
-msgid "Why add an account?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your
"
-"desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding "
-"accounts you can easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at the same time.
"
-"Just set up your online accounts once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services "
-"that you have added are ready to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which applications can access which "
-"online services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/accounts.page:19 C/user-accounts.page:35
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Accounts"
-msgstr "Računi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts.page:20
-msgid "Connect to your accounts with various online services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts.page:23
-msgid "Online accounts"
-msgstr "Mrežni računi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the "
-"<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use applications to access online services like email, "
-"calendars, chat, and documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 C/files-autorun.page:26 C/files-browse.page:32 C/files-delete.page:31
-#: C/files-hidden.page:22 C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:20 C/files-recover.page:18
-#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:29 C/files-templates.page:21 C/files-tilde.page:22
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21 C/nautilus-connect.page:23
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:22 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20 C/nautilus-list.page:31
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22 C/nautilus-views.page:29 C/net-mobile.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:27
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
-msgid "David King"
-msgstr "David King"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-check.page:22
-msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-check.page:25
-msgid "Check your backup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:27
-msgid ""
-"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn’t work
"
-"properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data "
-"transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to
"
-"perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By "
-"checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can "
-"have extra confidence that the process was successful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated
"
-"backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
-"copying and pasting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11 C/backup-thinkabout.page:14
-#: C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:16 C/contacts-edit-details.page:17
C/contacts-link-unlink.page:16
-#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:13 C/files-browse.page:16 C/files-copy.page:18
-#: C/get-involved.page:12 C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:10 C/mouse-middleclick.page:14
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:14 C/nautilus-behavior.page:16
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13 C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13
-#: C/translate.page:11 C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21
-msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
-msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:22
-msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they are safe."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
-msgid "Frequency of backups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
-msgid ""
-"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running
"
-"a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be "
-"enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
-msgid ""
-"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be
"
-"unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
-msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
-msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and "
-"family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle "
-"of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
-msgid ""
-"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are "
-"willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too "
-"long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-how.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Use Déjà Dup (or another backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect "
-"against loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-how.page:35
-msgid "How to back up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup "
-"process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:41
-msgid ""
-"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, "
-"as well as how to restore your data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:44
-msgid ""
-"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an
"
-"external hard drive, an online storage service, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
-"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from "
-"there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:49
-msgid ""
-"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on "
-"your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:54
-msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a USB drive, or other removable media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you do not have to back up the "
-"files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the "
-"original source files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:60
-msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-restore.page:7
-msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-restore.page:22
-msgid "Restore a backup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the "
-"backup:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:28
-msgid ""
-"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer
"
-"on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-restore.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that "
-"you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: "
-"it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
-msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32
-msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a
"
-"backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to "
-"back up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
-msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
-#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
-#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
-msgid ""
-"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders "
-"such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and "
-"<file>Videos</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, for example), consider backing "
-"up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the "
-"<app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
-msgid "Hidden files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, press the
"
-"menu button in the top-right corner of the window of <app>Files</app> and press <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
-"gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like "
-"any other file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
-msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information
"
-"on hidden files)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file> and <file>."
-"local</file> in your Home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:72
-msgid "System-wide settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home folder. There are a number of "
-"locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you "
-"will not need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should "
-"back up the files for the services that it is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-what.page:26
-msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:30
-msgid "What to back up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as "
-"well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:39
-msgid "Your personal files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:40
-msgid ""
-"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or "
-"any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:46
-msgid "Your personal settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on "
-"your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your
"
-"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:55
-msgid "System settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your
"
-"system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up "
-"these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:63
-msgid "Installed software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by "
-"reinstalling it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time "
-"investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want "
-"to use up disk space by having backups of them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-where.page:22
-msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:26
-msgid "Where to store your backup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer — on an external hard "
-"disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, or is lost or is stolen, the backup will still be "
-"intact. For maximum security, you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there
"
-"is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:35
-msgid ""
-"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups on a "
-"device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:40
-msgid "Local and remote storage options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:42
-msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:45
-msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:48
-msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:51
-msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:54
-msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:57
-msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</link>, for example; capacity "
-"depends on price)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also "
-"known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Backups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-why.page:19
-msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:22
-msgid "Back up your important files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:24
-msgid ""
-"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the
"
-"original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original "
-"data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For "
-"example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) "
-"encrypted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth.page:25
-msgid "Connect to devices over Bluetooth to transfer files or use wireless audio."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:29
-msgid "Bluetooth"
-msgstr "Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your "
-"computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and other devices like mice and keyboards. You can also "
-"use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your "
-"computer to your cell phone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:53
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Bluetooth problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:30 C/power.page:49 C/prefs-display.page:28
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14 C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20
-#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/session-fingerprint.page:19
-msgid "Paul W. Frields"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47
-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
-msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to
"
-"the device. This is also called <em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
-msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. With the panel open and the "
-"switch on, your computer will begin searching for devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and "
-"place it within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75
-msgid "Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device will open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your "
-"computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device (you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</"
-"gui>), then click <gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be "
-"completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
-msgid "The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a <gui>Connected</gui> status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92
-msgid ""
-"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. You will see a panel specific to the "
-"device. It may display additional options applicable to the type of device to which you are connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97
-msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
-msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105
-msgid ""
-"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears in the system status area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10
-msgid "Bastien Nocera"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16
-msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19
-msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain enough information to make "
-"pairing possible. Here are details for a few common devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27
-msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> "
-"opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those "
-"joypads up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34
-msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</"
-"gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to
"
-"press the “PS” button. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be used to make the joypad "
-"visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, if you don’t have a USB cable at hand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44
-msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. You can then select the remote "
-"in the devices list as usual."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49
-msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the pairing process. Other button "
-"combinations will not keep pairing information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. "
-"Also note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those cases, you should not set "
-"them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the application’s manual for instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:57
-msgid "ION iCade"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the bottom 4 buttons and the top white button to start the pairing process. When the pairing "
-"instructions appear, make sure to use only the cardinal directions to input the code, followed by any of "
-"the 2 white buttons to the far right of the arcade stick to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32
-msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
-msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or "
-"headset."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
-msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow "
-"connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49
-msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link "
-"xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
-"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will "
-"probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
-msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it is not "
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
-msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect to, and that it is <link "
-"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to "
-"a phone, make sure that it is not in airplane mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
-msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
-msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42
-msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
-msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is "
-"useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer "
-"files to or from a device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61
-msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or to remove the device from the "
-"<gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove Device</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70
-msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
-msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46
-msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some "
-"types of devices do not allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using "
-"the Bluetooth settings window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54
-msgid "<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
-msgid "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the files. If the desired device is not "
-"shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</"
-"link> to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74
-msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
-msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
-msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
-msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
-msgid ""
-"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File
"
-"Transfer</gui> dialog will show the progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42
-msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45
-msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn "
-"Bluetooth on:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67
-msgid "Set the switch at the top to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. Look for a "
-"switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the "
-"<key>Fn</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76
-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
-msgid "Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88
-msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> "
-"panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38
-msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41
-msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for "
-"Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer "
-"will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to your "
-"computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer displays to other devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54
-msgid ""
-"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer "
-"nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by pressing a button, or a "
-"combination of buttons for a while, whether when they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being "
-"turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63
-msgid ""
-"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s manual. For some devices, the "
-"procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:31
-msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
-msgid "Calendar appointments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
-msgid ""
-"This requires you to use your calendar from <app>Evolution</app> or the <app>Calendar</app>, or for you to "
-"have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with at least one of these programs installed by default. If yours does not, you "
-"may need to install it using your distribution’s package manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:46
-msgid "To view your appointments:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:49
-msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
-msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:56
-msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As appointments are added to your "
-"<app>Evolution</app> calendar or to <app>Calendar</app>, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/shell-introduction.page:161
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='798eb0c8f0e980bf3bd5b32b456f0ae1'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:68 C/clock-calendar.page:73 C/shell-introduction.page:167
-msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:72 C/shell-introduction.page:166
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='d5a21944f828b2f954a4a4a11e4190c5'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-set.page:27
-msgid "Use the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-set.page:31
-msgid "Change the date and time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:33
-msgid ""
-"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:45 C/clock-timezone.page:50
-msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Datum i vrijeme</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> switch set to on, your date and time should update "
-"automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:53
-msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:56
-msgid ""
-"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time "
-"Format</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:61
-msgid "You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:36
-msgid "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:39
-msgid "Change your timezone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time zone should update automatically
"
-"if you have an internet connection and the <link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link>
"
-"is enabled. To update your time zone manually, set this to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:60
-msgid "Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search for your current city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. You may also wish to <link "
-"xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-world.page:21
-msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-world.page:24
-msgid "Add a world clock"
-msgstr "Dodaj svjetske satove"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:26
-msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:29
-msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to "
-"install it using your distribution’s package manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:35
-msgid "To add a world clock:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:39
-msgid "Click the clock on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:42
-msgid "Click the <gui>Add world clocks…</gui> button under the calendar to launch <app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:46
-msgid "If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</app> will launch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:52
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:57
-msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:60
-msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:64
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-world.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of the capabilities of "
-"<app>Clocks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock.page:19
-msgid "Use clocks and timezones, and keep track of appointments."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock.page:22
-msgid "Date & time"
-msgstr "Datum i vrijeme"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12 C/color-calibrationdevices.page:13
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12 C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11 C/color-notifications.page:14
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11 C/color-testing.page:15 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 C/color-whyimportant.page:11
-msgid "Richard Hughes"
-msgstr "Richard Hughes"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/color.page:14
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Color"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color.page:15
-msgid "Calibrate color profiles on monitors, printers, and other devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color.page:19
-msgid "Color management"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:22
-msgid "Color profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/color.page:26
-msgid "Calibration"
-msgstr "Kalibracija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
-msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color profile for your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33
-msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colors which it shows are "
-"more accurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:50 C/color-testing.page:71
-msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Boja</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50
-msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:56
-msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:60 C/color-testing.page:82
-msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60
-msgid ""
-"To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and press <gui>Enable</gui> to confirm
"
-"your selection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> "
-"profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen "
-"automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper "
-"and another plain paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71
-msgid "If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
-msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
-msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By "
-"converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the <gui>Color</"
-"gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders "
-"are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from.
"
-"This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
-"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
-msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
-msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
-msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
-msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
-msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or "
-"two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send "
-"them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you
"
-"back an accurate ICC profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number "
-"of ink sets or paper types."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
-msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
-msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42
-msgid "If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47
-msgid "Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51
-msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65
-msgid "Select your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be recalibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
-msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35
-msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is especially useful if you are "
-"involved in digital photography, design or artwork."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to profile "
-"screens, but they work in slightly different ways."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47
-msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60
-msgid "Select your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately every 18
"
-"months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] "
-"icon appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:73
-msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
-msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18
-msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. "
-"Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two "
-"mechanisms:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26
-msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
-msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29
-msgid ""
-"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this
"
-"is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in
"
-"device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. "
-"Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in "
-"any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify "
-"color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a "
-"way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it’s in the same state of "
-"calibration as it was when it was characterized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration "
-"information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the "
-"<em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications
"
-"are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will
"
-"not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:10
-msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20
-msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22
-msgid ""
-"The system relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. A list of supported "
-"measuring instruments can be found at <link href=\"https://www.argyllcms.com/doc/instruments.html\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
-msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
-msgstr "Odredišta kalibriranja su potrebna za profiliranje skenera i kamere."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18
-msgid "Which target types are supported?"
-msgstr "Koja vrsta odredišta je podržana?"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20
-msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
-msgstr "Sljedeća vrste odredišta su podržane:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25
-msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
-msgstr "CMP DigitalTarget"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
-msgid "ColorChecker 24"
-msgstr "ColorChecker 24"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
-msgid "ColorChecker DC"
-msgstr "ColorChecker DC"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
-msgid "ColorChecker SG"
-msgstr "ColorChecker SG"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
-msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-msgstr "i1 RGB Scan 14"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
-msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
-msgstr "LaserSoft DC Pro"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
-msgid "QPcard 201"
-msgstr "QPcard 201"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
-msgid "IT8.7/2"
-msgstr "IT8.7/2"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\";>Wolf Faust</link> at "
-"a very fair price."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
-msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
-msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you
"
-"calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different "
-"color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
-msgid ""
-"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to "
-"calibration, but it’s misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, "
-"daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you "
-"created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or "
-"that were created on your behalf."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
-msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19
-msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21
-msgid ""
-"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25
-msgid ""
-"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in "
-"<em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A "
-"good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you "
-"bought the device then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse "
-"than useless."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30
-msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33
-msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or <file>.ICM</file> file in the "
-"file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38
-msgid "Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53
-msgid "Select your device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-howtoimport.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually made for
"
-"the average display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should "
-"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a colorimeter or a "
-"spectrophotometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
-msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17
-msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen "
-"color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but "
-"you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24
-msgid ""
-"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will "
-"need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notifications.page:24
-msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notifications.page:27
-msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is not "
-"possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate "
-"devices regularly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile "
-"can make a huge difference to an end product."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be "
-"shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every "
-"time you log into your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notifications.page:43
-msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in
days:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9
-msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17
-msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
-msgid ""
-"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display <link "
-"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data\";> EDID</link> which is stored in
"
-"a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was
"
-"capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
-"correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color "
-"correction."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-testing.page:29
-msgid "Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your
screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:33
-msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:35
-msgid ""
-"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The system comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being "
-"applied:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/color-testing.page:43
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Blue"
-msgstr "Plava"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:44
-msgid "This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile is "
-"currently being used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:78
-msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:85
-msgid ""
-"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</gui> panel, then select the "
-"profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it
"
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-testing.page:93
-msgid "Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
-msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16
-msgid "What is a color profile?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18
-msgid ""
-"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space "
-"such as sRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or "
-"<input>.ICM</input> file extension."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users "
-"see the same colors on different devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system "
-"is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure "
-"that colors are not being lost or modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9
-msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
-msgid "What is a color space?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
-msgid ""
-"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE "
-"1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in "
-"human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space
"
-"like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a "
-"<em>triangle</em> of colors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, "
-"and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
-"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48
-msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52
-msgid ""
-"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an "
-"approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than
"
-"this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications "
-"(including the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60
-msgid ""
-"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means "
-"you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being "
-"clipped or the blacks crushed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66
-msgid ""
-"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly "
-"the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The answer is to do with "
-"<em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is "
-"going to have bigger steps between each value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this "
-"is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors "
-"will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, "
-"but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-"
-"pixel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a "
-"well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8
-msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
-msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from "
-"the production line and average them together:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
-msgid "Averaged profiles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is "
-"also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the "
-"characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by "
-"letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
-msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
-msgid "Why is color management important?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and "
-"printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
-msgid ""
-"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in "
-"winter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
-msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
-msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
-msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
-msgid "Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
-msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So "
-"while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to "
-"reproduce it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, "
-"and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can "
-"only be as good as the paper color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don’t know if 100% "
-"red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably
"
-"something like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just driven 7 units of "
-"distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
-msgid ""
-"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. "
-"A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a "
-"sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look “washed out”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
-msgid ""
-"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other "
-"cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is
"
-"going to look like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
-msgid ""
-"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth "
-"changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if "
-"you’re trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:15
-msgid "Lucie Hankey"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27 C/contacts-connect.page:28 C/contacts-edit-details.page:30
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29 C/contacts-setup.page:29
-msgid "Pranali Deshmukh"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34
-msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38
-msgid "Add or remove a contact"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40
-msgid "To add a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:44
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their information. Press the drop down box
"
-"next to each field to choose the type of detail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52 C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
-msgid "View More"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:52
-msgid "To add more details press the <_:media-1/> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:55
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to save the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:59
-msgid "To remove a contact:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:63 C/contacts-connect.page:44 C/contacts-edit-details.page:47
-msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:66
-msgid "Press the <_:media-1/> button in the header bar on the top-right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:69
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"menu item\">Delete</gui> option to remove contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:72
-msgid ""
-"To remove one or more contacts, check the boxes next to the contacts you want to delete and press <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts.page:20
-msgid "Access your contacts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your <link "
-"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:24
-msgid "2013-2014"
-msgstr "2013-2014"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:35
-msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:38
-msgid "Connect with your contact"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:40
-msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:50
-msgid "mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Press the button corresponding to the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email your "
-"contact, press the <_:media-1/> button next to the contact’s email address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:54
-msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/contacts-connect.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, you will not be able to select
it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:37
-msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:40
-msgid "Edit contact details"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:42
-msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51 C/contacts-edit-details.page:61 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:77
-msgid "view more"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Press the <_:media-1/> button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">Edit</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:56
-msgid "Edit the contact details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57
-msgid ""
-"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, just fill in the details on the next "
-"empty field of the type (phone number, email, etc.) you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Press the <_:media-1/> option at the bottom to expand available options, revealing fields like "
-"<gui>Website</gui> and <gui>Birthday</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:67
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:36
-msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:39
-msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42
-msgid "Link contacts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one
<app>Contacts</"
-"app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in "
-"one place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50
-msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:54
-msgid ""
-"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to "
-"merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66
-msgid "Unlink contacts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:68
-msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73
-msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contacts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76
-msgid "Press <_:media-1/> in the top-right corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:81
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-search.page:28
-msgid "Search for a contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-search.page:31
-msgid "Search for a contact"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:33
-msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:37
-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:41
-msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to "
-"select if they are not at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:51
-msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:55
-msgid "Click inside the search field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-search.page:58
-msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:23
-msgid "Paul Cutler"
-msgstr "Paul Cutler"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:25
-msgid "2017"
-msgstr "2017"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:36
-msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:39
-msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:41
-msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address Book</gui> window opens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with <gui>Local "
-"Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:48
-msgid ""
-"All new contacts you create will be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view, edit "
-"and delete contacts in other address books."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/contacts-setup.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you have no online accounts configured, press <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the "
-"setup. If you do not wish to set up online accounts at this time, press <gui style=\"button\">Local Address
"
-"Book</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13 C/display-brightness.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/look-background.page:21
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 C/look-resolution.page:18
-msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
-msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
-msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
-msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
-msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
-msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
-msgid "Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> "
-"parameters as desired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking…</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link xref=\"user-"
-"admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the password for "
-"the requested administrator account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from "
-"and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
-msgid ""
-"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines "
-"indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the "
-"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read "
-"rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, "
-"plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
-msgid ""
-"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access
"
-"time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:20 C/net-findip.page:32
-msgid "Rafael Fontenelle"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>, <gui>System Monitor</gui>, or <gui>Usage</gui> to check space and "
-"capacity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:32
-msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>, <app>System Monitor</app>, "
-"or <app>Usage</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:38
-msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:40
-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display a list
"
-"of file locations together with the usage and capacity of each."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage for that item. Click the menu "
-"button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when "
-"the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage "
-"Analyzer</app></link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:64
-msgid "Check with System Monitor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:66
-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:70
-msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and disk space usage. The "
-"information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and "
-"<gui>Used</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
-msgid "Check with Usage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:84
-msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>Usage</app>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgid "Open the <app>Usage</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "Pokrenite svoje aplikacije iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Storage</gui> tab to view the system’s total <gui>Used</gui> and <gui>Available</gui> disk "
-"space, as well as the used by the <gui>Operating System</gui> and common user’s directories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Disk space can be freed from user’s directories and its subdirectories by checking the box next to the "
-"directory name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:106
-msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:108
-msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:112
-msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-capacity.page:115
-msgid ""
-"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won’t need for a while and "
-"delete them from the hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-check.page:24
-msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:28
-msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:31
-msgid "Checking the hard disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and "
-"Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if "
-"the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by running the <app>Disks</app> "
-"application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:41
-msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:32 C/disk-repair.page:33 C/disk-repair.page:76
-#: C/disk-resize.page:34
-msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the left. Information and status of "
-"the disk will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data & Self-Tests…</gui>. The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui>
"
-"should say “Disk is OK”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:55
-msgid ""
-"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui style=\"button\">Start
Self-test</"
-"gui> button to run a self-test."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-check.page:65
-msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</em> healthy, there may be no "
-"cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to "
-"prevent data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected "
-"which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are "
-"likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-"
-"how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets
"
-"worse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-check.page:79
-msgid ""
-"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or "
-"repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-format.page:17
-msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:22
-msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to "
-"completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this "
-"deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:30
-msgid "Format a removable disk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:35
-msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the "
-"other disk will be deleted!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:44
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Format "
-"Partition…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:48
-msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. "
-"If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the file "
-"system type will be presented as a label."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Next</gui> to continue and show a confirmation window. Check the "
-"details carefully, and click <gui>Format</gui> to wipe the disk."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the disk. It should now be blank "
-"and ready to use again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-format.page:67
-msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-format.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not "
-"appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If "
-"you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</"
-"app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
-msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
-msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
-msgid ""
-"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a "
-"<em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer
"
-"makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted "
-"volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently "
-"mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A "
-"“partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been
"
-"mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes
"
-"as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
-msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
-msgid "You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
-msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
-msgid ""
-"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical "
-"devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It
"
-"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
-msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition.
"
-"The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The "
-"primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files "
-"can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
-msgid ""
-"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For "
-"this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, "
-"select the partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition list. Then, click "
-"<gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may "
-"also contain a bootable volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-repair.page:15
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:20
-msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes and unsafe removal of the drive. "
-"After such an incident it is recommended to <em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to "
-"prevent future data loss."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. Even if a <em>check</em> does not "
-"report any damage the filesystem might still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:31
-msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of storage devices on the left. If "
-"there is more than one volume on the disk, select the volume which contains the filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Check "
-"Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take longer time. Confirm to start the "
-"action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:47
-msgid ""
-"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be patient while the filesystem is
"
-"checked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:51
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. Note that in some cases even if "
-"the filesystem is undamaged it still may need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:58
-msgid "Possible data loss when repairing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. In some cases these files can "
-"not be brought into a valid form again and will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally "
-"the <em>lost+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these recovered file "
-"parts can be found."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised to back it up by saving an "
-"image of the volume before repairing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:67
-msgid ""
-"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like <app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover "
-"missing files and data parts which were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-repair.page:74
-msgid "Repair a filesystem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:84
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Repair "
-"Filesystem…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take longer time. Confirm to start the "
-"action in the dialog that pops up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:90
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to bring the filesystem into a "
-"consistent state and moves files which were damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is
"
-"repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:96
-msgid ""
-"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be successfully repaired. In case of "
-"success it can be used again in the normal way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:99
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of the volume to be able to retrieve
"
-"important files later. This can be done by mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools "
-"like <app>sleuthkit</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-repair.page:103
-msgid ""
-"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format\">formatted</link> with a new "
-"filesystem. All data will be discarded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-resize.page:15
-msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:19
-msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:21
-msgid ""
-"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. Often this is even possible "
-"while the filesystem is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:24
-msgid ""
-"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk according to the free space "
-"within it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:26
-msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is also possible to resize a "
-"partition without a filesystem in the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/disk-resize.page:32
-msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Resize "
-"Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if there is no filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:47
-msgid ""
-"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be mounted to calculate the "
-"minimum size by the amount of current content. If shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the "
-"current size. Leave enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work fast and "
-"reliably."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the filesystem resize may take longer
time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair\">repairing</link> of the filesystem.
"
-"Therefore it is advised to back up important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it "
-"will result in a damaged filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:62
-msgid "Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:64
-msgid ""
-"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is not supported. Be patient while "
-"the filesystem is resized."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-resize.page:68
-msgid "After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is ready to be used again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/disk.page:15
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Disks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk.page:16
-msgid "Check on disk space and control how disk space is allocated and used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk.page:21
-msgid "Disks & storage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/display-blank.page:20 C/get-involved.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:19 C/gnome-version.page:9
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 C/power-closelid.page:25 C/power-lowpower.page:21
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:27 C/translate.page:20
-msgid "Petr Kovar"
-msgstr "Petr Kovar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-blank.page:31
-msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:34
-msgid "Set screen blanking time"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:36
-msgid ""
-"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left idle. You can also disable the "
-"blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/display-blank.page:40
-msgid "To set the screen blanking time:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:42 C/power-autobrightness.page:34 C/power-autosuspend.page:33
-#: C/power-percentage.page:37 C/power-profile.page:50 C/power-status.page:32 C/power-whydim.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Power</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:46 C/power-autobrightness.page:38 C/power-autosuspend.page:37
-#: C/power-percentage.page:41 C/power-profile.page:54 C/power-whydim.page:52
-msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Screen Blank</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> to set the time until "
-"the screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-blank.page:56
-msgid ""
-"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself for security reasons. To change "
-"this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-brightness.page:42
-msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-brightness.page:46
-msgid "Set screen brightness"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
-"screen more readable in bright light."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:51
-msgid ""
-"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system
menu</"
-"gui> on the right side of the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use.
"
-"The change should take effect immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These often have a picture that looks "
-"like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness will automatically be adjusted "
-"for you. For more information, see <link xref=\"power-autobrightness\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-brightness.page:68
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have the screen dim automatically to "
-"save power. For more information, see <link xref=\"power-whydim\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:27
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:30
-msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:81
-msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82
-msgid ""
-"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not recognize it
"
-"immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:88 C/display-night-light.page:31 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46
-#: C/look-resolution.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 C/display-night-light.page:35 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50
-#: C/look-resolution.page:58
-msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
-msgid "In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative positions you want."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:98
-msgid ""
-"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is "
-"active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:103
-msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:106
-msgid ""
-"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link>, and where the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:112
-msgid "Click on each monitor in the list and select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:116 C/look-resolution.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That way, if
"
-"you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are
"
-"happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:127
-msgid "Display modes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128
-msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:130
-msgid "<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from one display to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:132
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same resolution and orientation for "
-"both."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135
-msgid ""
-"When only one display is needed, for example, an external monitor connected to a docked laptop with the lid
"
-"closed, the other monitor can be switched off. In the list, click on the monitor you want to disable, and "
-"turn the switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:144
-msgid "Adding more than one monitor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145
-msgid "With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:149
-msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:153
-msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/display-night-light.page:13
-msgid "2018"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/display-night-light.page:18
-msgid "Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/display-night-light.page:22
-msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:24
-msgid ""
-"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and eye strain after dark. "
-"<gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your displays according to the time of day, making the color "
-"warmer in the evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:38
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
-msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Noćno svjetlo</gui> za otvaranje postavki."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:41
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings."
-msgid "Ensure the <gui>Night Light</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Noćno svjetlo</gui> za otvaranje postavki."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Schedule</gui>, select <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the sunset "
-"and sunrise times for your location. Select <gui>Manual Schedule</gui> to set the <gui>Times</gui> to a "
-"custom schedule."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:49
-msgid "Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or less warm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/display-night-light.page:54
-msgid ""
-"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night Light</gui> is active. It can be
"
-"temporarily disabled from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-autorun.page:22 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:31 C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
-#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29 C/shell-apps-open.page:22
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
-msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-autorun.page:32
-msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:37
-msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. "
-"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also "
-"turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:44
-msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Removable Media</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:53
-msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See "
-"below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file "
-"manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or "
-"nothing will happen automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-"
-"book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of "
-"device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui>
"
-"drop-down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:74
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never "
-"prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the <gui>Removable Media</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:80
-msgid "Types of devices and media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:83
-msgid "Audio discs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs "
-"(DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file "
-"manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:91
-msgid "Video discs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:92
-msgid ""
-"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set "
-"an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs
"
-"do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:99
-msgid "Blank discs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, "
-"blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:105
-msgid "Cameras and photos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:106
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your "
-"digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can "
-"also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:110
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you "
-"might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</"
-"file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:116
-msgid "Music players"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files "
-"yourself using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:121
-msgid "E-book readers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:122
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, "
-"or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:127
-msgid "Software"
-msgstr "Softver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:128
-msgid ""
-"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is "
-"inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is "
-"inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:134
-msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-browse.page:38
-msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:41
-msgid "Browse files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use "
-"it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
-"servers</link>, and on network shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:56
-msgid ""
-"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
-"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:63
-msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:65
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-"
-"middleclick\">middle-click</link> any file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-"
-"click a folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:71
-msgid ""
-"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each
file</"
-"link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or "
-"deleting it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:76
-msgid ""
-"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you’re viewing, including "
-"the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder.
Right-"
-"click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its properties."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:82
-msgid ""
-"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, in or below the folder you are
"
-"viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files "
-"which match your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:87
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, press the "
-"menu button in the top-right corner of the window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can <link "
-"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">add bookmarks to folders that you use often</link> and they will appear in
"
-"the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13
-msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
-msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-copy.page:28
-msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:31
-msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:33
-msgid ""
-"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using "
-"the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you.
"
-"Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if
"
-"you don’t like your changes)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:42
-msgid ""
-"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same
"
-"way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:46
-msgid "Copy and paste files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:47
-msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:48
-msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:50
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other
folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:59
-msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:60
-msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:61
-msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:63
-msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved "
-"to the other folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:71
-msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:72
-msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you "
-"want to move or copy the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the
"
-"<em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:82
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because "
-"you’re dragging from one device to another."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to "
-"be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:91
-msgid ""
-"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to "
-"prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link "
-"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-delete.page:37
-msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:40
-msgid "Delete files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the
"
-"<gui>Trash</gui>, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
-"recover\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> to their original location if you decide you need "
-"them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:49
-msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:50
-msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the "
-"sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:56
-msgid ""
-"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option to <gui>Undo</gui> the "
-"deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file
"
-"will be restored to its original location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:61
-msgid ""
-"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty
"
-"the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:66
-msgid "Permanently delete a file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:67
-msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:71
-msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:72
-msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:73
-msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:75
-msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or
folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other "
-"operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug "
-"the device back into your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:19
-msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:23
-msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:25
-msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using a disc burning application, such as <app>Brasero</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:29
-msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be able to see the files you put "
-"onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:35
-msgid ""
-"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than 48x. "
-"Burning at slower speeds is more reliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-hidden.page:28
-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Hide a file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a
"
-"file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file manager, but it is still there in its folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:38
-msgid ""
-"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</file> at the beginning of its "
-"name. For example, to hide a file named <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example."
-"txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <file>.</file> at "
-"the beginning of the folder’s name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:49
-msgid "Show all hidden files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the view options button
"
-"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
-"keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:58
-msgid ""
-"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
-"Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:66
-msgid "Unhide a file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:68
-msgid ""
-"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the view options button in the "
-"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not
"
-"have a <file>.</file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>,
"
-"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick "
-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other "
-"hidden files again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:83
-msgid ""
-"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change "
-"this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a "
-"<file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-"
-"tilde\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-lost.page:32
-msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-lost.page:36
-msgid "Find a lost file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:38
-msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow these tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can <link "
-"xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by name</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. "
-"Check the <file>Desktop</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it "
-"stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a "
-"deleted file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:56
-msgid ""
-"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> "
-"or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the view options button in the "
-"<app>Files</app> toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-"
-"hidden\"/> to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-open.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of file. You can change the "
-"default too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-open.page:27
-msgid "Open files with other applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:29
-msgid ""
-"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default "
-"application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications,
"
-"or set the default application for all files of the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application "
-"you want from the top of the menu. If you do not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other "
-"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to handle the file. "
-"To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>View All Applications</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking "
-"<gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications "
-"that are known to handle files of that type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-open.page:47
-msgid "Change the default application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to "
-"open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your "
-"favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which "
-"application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:57
-msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:58
-msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:59
-msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but do not want to make
"
-"the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
-"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting "
-"it from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:68
-msgid ""
-"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-preview.page:26
-msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-preview.page:30
-msgid "Preview files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:33
-msgid "You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link
-#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'.
-#: C/files-preview.page:36
-msgid "<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press "
-"the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the "
-"preview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:44
-msgid ""
-"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, "
-"you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> "
-"again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-recover.page:24
-msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:28
-msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:30
-msgid ""
-"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and "
-"should be able to be restored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:34
-msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<app>Files</"
-"app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:40
-msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-"
-"right corner of the window and select <gui>Sidebar</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder
"
-"from where it was deleted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the "
-"command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be "
-"recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:59
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were "
-"permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally "
-"permanently deleted a file, it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
-"recover it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:28
-msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:31
-msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before "
-"unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still "
-"using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like "
-"a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
-msgid "To eject a removable device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
-msgid "From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, open
<app>Files</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon "
-"to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67
-msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
-msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely "
-"remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely "
-"remove the device:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
-msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
-msgid "Close all the files on the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:65
-msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:71
-msgid ""
-"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause "
-"errors in applications that have those files open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-rename.page:35
-msgid "Change file or folder name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:38
-msgid "Rename a file or folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:40
-msgid "As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name of a file or folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:44
-msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:45
-msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:47
-msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:54
-msgid ""
-"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension "
-"(the part after the last <file>.</file>). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for "
-"example, <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need "
-"to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the "
-"action, immediately click the menu button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:70
-msgid "Valid characters for file names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however,
"
-"use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to "
-"avoid the following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, <file>?</file>, "
-"<file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:80
-msgid ""
-"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-"
-"hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:35 C/mouse.page:47
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:92
-msgid "The file name is already in use"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:93
-msgid ""
-"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to "
-"a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:96
-msgid ""
-"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as "
-"<file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:102
-msgid "The file name is too long"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:103
-msgid ""
-"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character "
-"limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/"
-"business-proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:110
-msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:111
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution "
-"with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See "
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files-search.page:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Search"
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Search"
-msgstr "Pretraga"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-search.page:40
-msgid "Locate files based on file name and type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-search.page:43
-msgid "Search for files"
-msgstr "Pretraga datoteka"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:45
-msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files-search.page:49
-msgid "Other search applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-search.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:158
-msgid "Search"
-msgstr "Pretraga"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:57 C/files-share.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui>
"
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:61
-msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be shown in the search bar. For "
-"example, if you name all your invoices with the word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are "
-"matched regardless of case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-search.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar,
"
-"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:78
-msgid ""
-"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search a file’s full text, or to only "
-"search for file names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:80
-msgid ""
-"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file manager’s <_:media-1/> icon, and
"
-"choose from the available filters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:86
-msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:89
-msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:92
-msgid "Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:98
-msgid "To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you want to remove."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:102
-msgid ""
-"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would "
-"from any folder in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:107
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-search.page:115
-msgid "Customize files search"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:117
-msgid ""
-"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in the <app>Files</app> "
-"application. To customize which directories are searched:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:123
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:127
-msgid ""
-"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the results. This will open the "
-"<gui>Search Settings</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:131
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgid "Click the <gui>Search Locations</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Obavijesti</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-search.page:135
-msgid ""
-"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory searches on or off. You can "
-"toggle searches on each of the three tabs:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:140
-msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:143
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in the <app>Files</app>
application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:147
-msgid "<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-select.page:18
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-select.page:22
-msgid "Select files by pattern"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</"
-"key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts
"
-"of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:31
-msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:33
-msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:36
-msgid "For example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name "
-"<file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:42
-msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, "
-"<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:47
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of
"
-"the file name of the photos you have edited, select the edited photos with"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:52
-msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-share.page:26
-msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-share.page:30
-msgid "Share files by email"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-share.page:42
-msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is installed on your computer, and "
-"your email account is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-share.page:51
-msgid "To share a file by email:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:56
-msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window will appear with the file "
-"attached."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in
"
-"the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:67
-msgid ""
-"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key> while clicking "
-"the files, then right-click any selected file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-sort.page:27
-msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:30
-msgid "Sort files and folders"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file "
-"size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
-"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:41
-msgid ""
-"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the "
-"current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:46
-msgid "Icon view"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:48
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</"
-"gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access
Date</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:54
-msgid ""
-"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
-"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:58
-msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:64
-msgid "List view"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, "
-"click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:69
-msgid ""
-"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the view options "
-"button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible.
"
-"You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of "
-"available columns."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:79
-msgid "Ways of sorting files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:49 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naziv"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:84
-msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76 C/nautilus-list.page:56
-msgid "Size"
-msgstr "Veličina"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:61
-msgid "Type"
-msgstr "Vrsta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:97
-msgid "Last Modified"
-msgstr "Posljednja promjena"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:98
-msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:14
-msgid "Anita Reitere"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-templates.page:27
-msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:30
-msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A "
-"file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For "
-"example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:38
-msgid "Make a new template"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a
"
-"word processing application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> "
-"folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does not exist, you will need to create it first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:52
-msgid "Use a template to create a document"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:54
-msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New Document</"
-"gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:62
-msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename the "
-"file</link> when you are finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-tilde.page:28
-msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-tilde.page:31
-msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are "
-"automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other "
-"applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:39
-msgid ""
-"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <gui>Show "
-"Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:46
-msgid ""
-"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for "
-"advice on dealing with hidden files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files.page:28
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Files"
-msgstr "Datoteke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files.page:30
-msgid "Find and manage your files, whether on your computer, on the internet, or in backups."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files.page:37
-msgid "Files, folders & search"
-msgstr "Datoteke, mape i pretraga"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:40
-msgid "Common tasks"
-msgstr "Uobičajene radnje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:45
-msgid "More file-related tasks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:50
-msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:55
-msgid "Backing up"
-msgstr "Sigurnosno kopiranje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:60
-msgid "Tips and questions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/get-involved.page:7
-msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
-msgstr "Kako i gdje prijaviti problem s ovim temama pomoći."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:22
-msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
-msgstr "Sudjelujte u poboljšanju ovog vodiča"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:26
-msgid "Submit an issue"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:28
-msgid ""
-"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice "
-"a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but "
-"are not), you can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link
href=\"https://gitlab.";
-"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue tracker</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by email about its status. If you do "
-"not already have an account, click the <gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\";>Sign in /
"
-"Register</link></gui> button to create one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the <link href=\"https://gitlab.";
-"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link "
-"href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\";>New issue</link></gui>. Before reporting
"
-"a new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\";>browse</link> for "
-"the issue to see if something similar already exists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the <gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing
"
-"an issue against this documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are not sure
"
-"which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the "
-"label. Fill in the Title and Description sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for
"
-"helping make the GNOME Help better!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/get-involved.page:63
-msgid "Contact us"
-msgstr "Kontaktirajte nas"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/get-involved.page:65
-msgid ""
-"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing list "
-"to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:25
-msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:29
-msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:33
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While "
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user "
-"interface, such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a window "
-"list at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:41
-msgid ""
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While "
-"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on modern GNOME technologies, it provides a number of changes to the user "
-"interface, such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui>
"
-"menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:50
-msgid "You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:54
-msgid "Window list"
-msgstr "Popis prozora"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:56 C/shell-introduction.page:272
-msgid ""
-"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and "
-"lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:59
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"The <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview is available by clicking the "
-"button at the left-hand side of the window list at the bottom."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:62
-msgid ""
-"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:65
-msgid ""
-"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, "
-"such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total "
-"number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select
"
-"the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:74
-msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:77
-msgid ""
-"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux "
-"distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. Translators: Ubuntu only string
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:83
-msgid ""
-"You need to have the <sys>gnome-shell-extensions</sys> package installed to make GNOME Classic available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. Translators: Ubuntu only string
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:85
-msgid ""
-"<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-shell-extensions\">Install
<sys>gnome-shell-extensions</sys></"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:90
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:92
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen "
-#| "button at the bottom of the menu."
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and then "
-"choose the right option."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi zaključali svoj zaslon, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku "
-"zaključavanja zaslona na dnu izbornika."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:96 C/gnome-classic.page:124
-msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:100 C/gnome-classic.page:128
-msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:103 C/net-findip.page:65 C/net-findip.page:91 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 C/net-macaddress.page:62 C/net-manual.page:55 C/net-manual.page:59
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77 C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 C/net-wired-connect.page:37
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 C/printing-name-location.page:61 C/printing-name-location.page:96
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63
-msgid "settings"
-msgstr "postavke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:103
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button in the bottom right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:107
-msgid "Select <gui>GNOME Classic</gui> from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:110 C/gnome-classic.page:137
-msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:113 C/gnome-classic.page:140
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:118
-msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:120
-msgid ""
-"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your "
-"name and then choose the right option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:131
-msgid "Click the options icon in the bottom right corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:134
-msgid "Select <gui>GNOME</gui> from the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/gnome-version.page:16
-msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/gnome-version.page:19
-msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:21
-msgid ""
-"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by going to the <gui>About</gui> "
-"panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>About</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/gnome-version.page:30
-msgid ""
-"A window appears showing information about your system, including your distribution’s name and the GNOME "
-"version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:13
-msgid "Use hardware devices to authenticate instead of passwords."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-auth.page:18
-msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
-msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
-msgid "Media card reader problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30
-msgid ""
-"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be "
-"automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting "
-"steps if they are not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly "
-"inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a "
-"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against "
-"something solid, do not force it.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. Does "
-"the inserted card appear in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; "
-"click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <gui "
-"style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</gui>.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type
"
-"<input>computer:///</input> and press <key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the "
-"reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been "
-"mounted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card "
-"or check the card on a different reader if possible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> location, it is possible that your "
-"card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the "
-"computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your "
-"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also "
-"available, and are far better supported by Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
-msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
-msgid "What is a driver?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor "
-"or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
-msgid ""
-"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. "
-"This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to "
-"work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver is not available, you will not be able "
-"to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other "
-"model."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
-msgid ""
-"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it
"
-"in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find "
-"that your printer cannot do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13
-msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19
-msgid "Screen problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
-msgid ""
-"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the "
-"topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:14
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardver"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware.page:16
-msgid "Configure hardware and diagnose problems, including printers, displays, disks, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware.page:22
-msgid "Hardware & drivers"
-msgstr "Hardver i upravljački programi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/hardware.page:27
-msgid "More topics"
-msgstr "Više tema"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:32
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Problems"
-msgstr "Problemi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/hardware.page:33
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Hardware problems"
-msgstr "Problemi s hardverom"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-irc.page:7
-msgid "Get live support on IRC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-irc.page:19
-msgid "IRC"
-msgstr "IRC"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:20
-msgid ""
-"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and "
-"advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:25
-msgid "To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>Polari</app> or <app>HexChat</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:28
-msgid "To create an IRC account in Polari, see the <link href=\"help:polari/\">Polari documentation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:32
-msgid ""
-"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP network\". "
-"If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/"
-"> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:37
-msgid "While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct\";>GNOME code of conduct</link>
"
-"applies when you chat on IRC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
-msgid "Request support by e-mail."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26
-msgid "Mailing list"
-msgstr "Mailing lista"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost "
-"each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link "
-"href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34
-msgid "You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. "
-"For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to "
-"Chile."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/index.page:7
-msgid "A guide for GNOME desktop users."
-msgstr "Priručnik za korisnike GNOME radnog okruženja."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:9
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:10
-msgctxt "text"
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/index.page:11
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Help"
-msgstr "Priručnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/index.page:16
-msgid "GNOME Help"
-msgstr "GNOME priručnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:21 C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23 C/keyboard.page:19
-msgid "Julita Inca"
-msgstr "Julita Inca"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37
-msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41
-msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it "
-"easier to locate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58
-msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61
-msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:29 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:27
-msgid "Juanjo Marín"
-msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
-msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
-msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a key found on some Windows-"
-"oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> "
-"key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. It is usually depicted as a "
-"cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the "
-"right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse "
-"button is not present."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop "
-"keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in "
-"combination with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is "
-"dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> "
-"key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the "
-"key is pressed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can usually find it next to the "
-"<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30
-msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32
-msgid ""
-"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is displayed. This key can "
-"usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a "
-"Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key, while
"
-"Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43
-msgid "To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-layouts.page:61 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93
-msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Tipkovnica</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78
-msgid "In the <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui> section, select <gui>Customize Shortcuts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
-msgid "Select the <gui>System</gui> category."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:64
-msgid "Click the row with <gui>Show the activities overview</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:67
-msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15 C/printing-cancel-job.page:24
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:18 C/printing-name-location.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:30 C/session-fingerprint.page:26
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24 C/user-autologin.page:18
-msgid "2013"
-msgstr "2013"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
-msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
-msgstr "Dodavanje rasporeda tipkovnice i prebacivanje između njih."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:43
-msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Korištenje alternativnih rasporeda tipkovnice"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there "
-"are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard "
-"behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. "
-"This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
-msgstr ""
-"Tipkovnice dolaze s tisućama različitih rasporeda za različite jezike. Čak i za pojedinačni jezik, često "
-"postoji više rasporeda tipkovnice, poput Dvorak raspored za engleski. Možete postaviti vašu tipkovnicu da "
-"koristi drugi raspored, bez obzira na slova i simbole naslikane na tipkama. To je korisno ako često "
-"prebacujete između više jezika."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, select the language which is "
-"associated with the layout, then select a layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliknite na <gui>+</gui> tipku u <gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> odjeljku, odaberite jezik koji je povezan s
"
-"rasporedom, zatim odaberite raspored i kliknite na <gui>Dodaj</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 C/session-formats.page:65 C/session-language.page:88
-msgid ""
-"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate instance of the <gui>Region & "
-"Language</gui> panel for the login screen. Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to "
-"toggle between the two instances."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when you click the <gui>+</gui> "
-"button. To make also those input sources available you can open a terminal window by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:"
-msgstr ""
-"Određene rijetko korištene varijante rasporeda nisu dostupne po zadanome kada kliknete <gui>+</gui> tipku. "
-"Kako bi učinili te ulazne načine dostupnima možete otvorit prozor terminala pritiskom <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> i pokrenuti ovu naredbu:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 C/keyboard-layouts.page:93
-msgid "preview"
-msgstr "pregled"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86
-msgid ""
-"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of <gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking
"
-"<gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
-msgstr ""
-"Možete pogledati svaku sliku rasporeda odabirom u popisu <gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> i klikom na
<gui><_:"
-"media-1/></gui>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96
-msgid "preferences"
-msgstr "osobitosti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they "
-"have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the "
-"language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> button "
-"will give you access to the extra settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Određeni jezici omogućuju neke dodatne mogućnosti podešavanja. Možete identificirati te jezike zato jer "
-"imaju <gui><_:media-1/></gui> ikonu pokraj njih. Ako želite pristupiti tim dodatnim parametrima, odaberite "
-"jezik iz<gui>Ulazni načini unosa</gui> popisa i novu <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> tipku dati će
"
-"vam pristup dodatnim postavkama."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99
-msgid ""
-"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different
"
-"layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing "
-"an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for "
-"each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select "
-"how you want to manage multiple layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada koristite više rasporeda, možete postaviti da svi prozori koriste isti raspored ili da svaki prozor "
-"koristi različiti raspored. Korištenje različitog rasporeda za svaki prozor je korisno, na primjer, ako "
-"pišete članak na drugom jeziku u prozoru za obradu teksta. Vaš odabir tipkovnice će biti zapamćen za svaki "
-"prozor kada se prebacivate između prozora. Pritisnite <gui style=\"button\">Mogućnosti</gui> tipku za "
-"odabir o načinu upravljanja više rasporeda."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:107
-msgid ""
-"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
-"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the "
-"selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This "
-"gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout "
-"for reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Gornja traka će prikazati kratki identifikator trenutnog rasporeda, poput <gui>hr</gui> za standardni "
-"hrvatski raspored. Kliknite na identifikator rasporeda i odaberite raspored koji želite koristiti iz "
-"izbornika. Ako odabrani jezik ima dodatne postavke, biti će prikazane na dnu popisa dostupnih rasporeda. To
"
-"vam daje brz prikaz vaših postavki. Isto tako možete otvoriti sliku s trenutnim rasporedom tipkovnice u "
-"informativnu svrhu."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard "
-#| "Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and
"
-#| "backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-#| "super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-#| "key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui>
"
-#| "settings."
-msgid ""
-"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard "
-"Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and "
-"backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> "
-"settings under <guiseq><gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui><gui>Customize Shortcuts</gui><gui>Typing</gui></"
-"guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Najbrži način promjene na drugi raspored je korištenjem <gui>Prečaca tipkovnice</gui> <gui>Ulaznih načina</"
-"gui>. Ti prečaci otvaraju odabiratelja <gui>Ulaznih načina</gui> gdje se možete pomicati natrag i naprijed.
"
-"Po zadanome, možete prebaciti na sljedeći ulazni izvor sa <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key><key>Space</key></keyseq> i na prijašnji sa<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></"
-"keyseq>. Te pračace možete promijeniti u postavkama <gui>Tipkovnice</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:124
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='1393ed6c6d43813439ddd74bac2707bb'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34
-msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37
-msgid "Keyboard navigation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47
-msgid ""
-"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who "
-"want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link "
-"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric "
-"keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
-msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
-msgid "<key>Tab</key> and"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves "
-"between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</"
-"key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
-msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74
-msgid "Arrow keys"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to
"
-"focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
-msgid ""
-"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
-msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
-msgid ""
-"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to show or hide their children: "
-"expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
-msgid "<key>Space</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
-msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
-msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
-msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, "
-"buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as
"
-"if you had clicked on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
-msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
-msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117
-msgid "<key>F10</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118
-msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
-msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
-msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130
-msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the "
-"background and not on any item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111
-msgid "and"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
-msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
-msgid "Navigate the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:271
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
-msgid ""
-"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>F6</key> "
-"until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the "
-"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:267 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
-msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key>
"
-"to close."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184
-msgid "Navigate windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187
-msgid "Close the current window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192
-msgid ""
-"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to "
-"maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
-msgid ""
-"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
-"move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its "
-"original place."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
-msgid ""
-"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
-"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to "
-"its original size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press
<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
-"keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original
size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231
-msgid "Minimize a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:481
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its "
-"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:485
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242
-msgid ""
-"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its "
-"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249
-msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16
-msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
-msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse or a touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
-msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the
<em>on-"
-"screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44
-msgid "The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60
-msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65
-msgid ""
-"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available "
-"if you then press the <gui style=\"button\">=/<</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press "
-"the <gui style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74
-msgid "down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide the keyboard temporarily. The "
-"keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where you can use it. On a "
-"touchscreen, you can also pull up the keyboard by <link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">dragging up from the "
-"bottom edge</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:80
-msgid "flag"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your settings for <link xref=\"session-"
-"language\">Language</link> or <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat
keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41
-msgid "Manage repeated key presses"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43
-msgid ""
-"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you "
-"release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this "
-"feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61
-msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin "
-"repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
-msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:49
-msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64
-msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
-msgid "Select the desired category, or enter a search term."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84
-msgid "Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to "
-"cancel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:95
-msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96
-msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
-msgid "Decrease text size"
-msgstr "Smanji veličinu teksta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:259
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:263 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:275 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Onemogućeno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
-msgid "High contrast on or off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
-msgid "Increase text size"
-msgstr "Uvećaj veličinu teksta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114
-msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
-msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122
-msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
-msgid "Zoom in"
-msgstr "Uvećaj"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:127
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
-msgid "Zoom out"
-msgstr "Umanji"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136
-msgid "Launchers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
-msgid "Home folder"
-msgstr "Osobna mapa"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
-msgid "Launch calculator"
-msgstr "Pokreni kalkulator"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
-msgid "Launch email client"
-msgstr "Pokreni klijent e-pošte"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:150
-msgid "Launch help browser"
-msgstr "Pokreni preglednik pomoći"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:154
-msgid "Launch web browser"
-msgstr "Pokreni internetski preglednik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
-msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:162
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Postavke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
-msgid "<key>Tools</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169
-msgid "Navigation"
-msgstr "Navigacija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
-msgid "Hide all normal windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
-msgid "Move to workspace on the left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
-msgid "Move to workspace on the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
-msgid "Move window one monitor down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
-msgid "Move window one monitor to the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
-msgid "Move window one monitor up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
-msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
-msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:205 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
-msgid "Move window to last workspace"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:213
-msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:214
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:218
-msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:222
-msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:226
-msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:230
-msgid "Switch applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:234
-msgid "Switch system controls"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:238
-msgid "Switch system controls directly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242
-msgid "Switch to last workspace"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:246
-msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250
-msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:254
-msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:258
-msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:262
-msgid "Switch windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:266
-msgid "Switch windows directly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:270
-msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274
-msgid "Switch windows of an application"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
-msgid "Screenshots"
-msgstr "Slike zaslona"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:282
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiraj sliku prozora u međuspremnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:283
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286
-msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiraj sliku područja u međuspremnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:290
-msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
-msgstr "Kopiraj sliku zaslona u međuspremnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294
-msgid "Record a short screencast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299
-msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures"
-msgstr "Spremi sliku prozora u međuspremnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303
-msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures"
-msgstr "Spremi sliku područja u međuspremnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307
-msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures"
-msgstr "Spremi sliku prozora u mapu Slike"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
-msgid "<key>Print</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313
-msgid "Sound and Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:315
-msgid "Eject"
-msgstr "Izbaci"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319
-msgid "Launch media player"
-msgstr "Pokreni medijski reproduktor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323
-msgid "Microphone mute/unmute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327
-msgid "Next track"
-msgstr "Sljedeća pjesma"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331
-msgid "Pause playback"
-msgstr "Pauziraj reprodukciju"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335
-msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
-msgstr "Reprodukcija (ili reprodukcija/pauza)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339
-msgid "Previous track"
-msgstr "Prijašnja pjesma"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343
-msgid "Stop playback"
-msgstr "Zaustavi reprodukciju"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
-msgid "Volume down"
-msgstr "Smanji glasnoću zvuka"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351
-msgid "Volume mute"
-msgstr "Utišaj zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
-msgid "Volume up"
-msgstr "Pojačaj glasnoću zvuka"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356
-msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sustav"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363
-msgid "Focus the active notification"
-msgstr "Fokusiraj aktivnu obavijest"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:367
-msgid "Lock screen"
-msgstr "Zaključaj zaslon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:371
-msgid "Show the Power Off dialog"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:372 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:375
-msgid "Open the application menu"
-msgstr "Otvori izbornik aplikacija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:379
-msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Vrati izvorne prečaca tipkovnica"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:383
-msgid "Show all applications"
-msgstr "Prikaži sve aplikacije"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:387
-msgid "Show the activities overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:391
-msgid "Show the notification list"
-msgstr "Prikaži popis obavijesti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:395
-msgid "Show the overview"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:399
-msgid "Show the run command prompt"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
-msgid "Typing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:407
-msgid "Switch to next input source"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:408
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412
-msgid "Switch to previous input source"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Prozori"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420
-msgid "Activate the window menu"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424
-msgid "Close window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428
-msgid "Hide window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432
-msgid "Lower window below other windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436
-msgid "Maximize window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440
-msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444
-msgid "Maximize window vertically"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448
-msgid "Move window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452
-msgid "Raise window above other windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456
-msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460
-msgid "Resize window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464
-msgid "Restore window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
-msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472
-msgid "Toggle maximization state"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
-msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:480
-msgid "View split on left"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:484
-msgid "View split on right"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492
-msgid "Custom shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:494
-msgid "To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:499
-msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Add Shortcut</gui> button if no custom shortcut is set yet. Otherwise click
"
-"the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:507
-msgid ""
-"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application. For "
-"example, if you wanted the shortcut to open <app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> "
-"and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:514
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Add Shortcut…</gui> button. In the <gui>Add Custom Shortcut</gui> window, "
-"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:519 C/user-add.page:83
-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:523
-msgid ""
-"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by "
-"opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name "
-"as the application itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:528
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, click the row of the "
-"shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard.page:11
-msgid "Select international keyboard layouts and use keyboard accessibility features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:29
-msgid "Keyboard"
-msgstr "Tipkovnica"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard.page:32 C/prefs-language.page:22
-msgid "Region & Language"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:17
-msgid "April Gonzales"
-msgstr "April Gonzales"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:45
-msgid "Ivan Stanton"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-background.page:51
-msgid "Choose a style and set a background."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-background.page:54
-msgid "Change the appearance of your desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-background.page:56
-msgid ""
-"You can change the look of things that appear on the screen by setting the style preference to light or "
-"dark. You can choose an image or wallpaper as your desktop background."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-background.page:61
-msgid "Light or Dark Style"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-background.page:62
-msgid "To switch between light and dark desktop styles:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:66 C/look-background.page:89
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Appearance</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Appearance</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected style is shown at the top surrounded "
-"by a blue border."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:74
-msgid "Click to choose <gui>Light</gui> or <gui>Dark</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:77
-msgid "The setting is applied immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-background.page:84
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Basic sound"
-msgid "Background"
-msgstr "Osnovni zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-background.page:85
-msgid "To change the image used for your background:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Appearance</gui> to open the panel. The currently selected wallpaper is shown at the top in the "
-"preview for the current style."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:97
-msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:100
-msgid "Click one of the background images which are shipped with the system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:103
-msgid ""
-"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right "
-"corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:108
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Add Picture…</gui> to use one of your own photos. By default, the <file>Pictures</file> folder "
-"will be opened, since most photo management applications store photos there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:115
-msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-background.page:117
-msgid ""
-"For another way to set one of your own photos as the background, right-click on the image file in "
-"<app>Files</app> and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image Viewer</app>,
"
-"click the menu button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:125
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
-msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39
-msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41
-msgid "The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for your screen. To solve this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53
-msgid "Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes the screen look better."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
-msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the "
-"displays might have different optimal, or <link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can display the same thing on two "
-"screens. Both screens use the same resolution, which may not match the native resolution of either screen, "
-"so the sharpness of the image may suffer on both screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, the resolution of each screen "
-"can be set independently, so they can both be set to their native resolution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-resolution.page:36
-msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:40
-msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:42
-msgid ""
-"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen
resolution</"
-"em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing "
-"the <em>rotation</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. "
-"Select a display in the preview area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:66
-msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:77
-msgid "Orientation"
-msgstr "Zakretanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:79
-msgid ""
-"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in "
-"the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or "
-"<gui>Landscape (flipped)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:87
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Rotation"
-msgid "rotation lock"
-msgstr "Zakretanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/look-resolution.page:88
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Rotation"
-msgid "rotation unlock"
-msgstr "Zakretanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current rotation using the <_:media-1/> "
-"button at the bottom of the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press
"
-"the <_:media-2/> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:94
-msgid "Resolution"
-msgstr "Razlučivost"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:96
-msgid ""
-"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each "
-"resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
-"16∶9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the "
-"aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to "
-"the top and bottom or both sides of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:104
-msgid ""
-"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one "
-"that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:111
-msgid "Native Resolution"
-msgstr "Izvorna razlučivost"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:113
-msgid ""
-"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one that works best: the pixels in "
-"the video signal will line up precisely with the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show "
-"other resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a loss of image quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:122
-msgid "Refresh Rate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:124
-msgid "The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is drawn, or refreshed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:129
-msgid "Scale"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:131
-msgid ""
-"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match the density of your display, "
-"making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</gui> or <gui>200%</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:20
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:21
-msgid "Manage your sound devices, use your media files, connect to external devices, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/media.page:27
-msgid "Sound and media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:31
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:32
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:33
-msgctxt "link:topic"
-msgid "Sound"
-msgstr "Zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/media.page:34
-msgid "Adjust the volume for different apps, and configure different speakers and microphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:38
-msgid "Basic sound"
-msgstr "Osnovni zvuk"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/media.page:42
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Music, video & devices"
-msgstr "Zvuk, video i slike"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/media.page:43
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
-msgid "Music, video & devices"
-msgstr "Zvuk, video i slike"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/more-help.page:19
-msgid "Get tips on using this guide, and connect with the community for more help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/more-help.page:26
-msgid "Get more help"
-msgstr "Nabavite više pomoći"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35
-msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is "
-"too long after the first, you’ll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty "
-"pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click Delay</gui> slider to a value you "
-"find comfortable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-"
-"click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that "
-"works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same "
-"problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57
-msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
-msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37
-msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more "
-"comfortable for left-handed use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:133 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:157
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Mouse "
-"& Touchpad</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:137 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:161
-msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51
-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33
-msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37
-msgid "Middle-click"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually "
-"press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can "
-"press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
-msgid ""
-"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You "
-"have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to
"
-"work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50
-msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar moves the scroll position "
-"directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up to a single page towards that location."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-"
-"click. Simply middle-click on the application’s icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the "
-"applications overview. The applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link
"
-"with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new "
-"tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, "
-"just as if you had double-clicked."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your "
-"application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 C/shell-notifications.page:24
-msgid "2013, 2015"
-msgstr "2013, 2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36
-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
-msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using "
-"the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50
-msgid ""
-"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer against "
-"the top-left corner of the screen, by using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
-"followed by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> "
-"section, then press <key>Enter</key> to switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the "
-"keypad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
-msgid ""
-"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have
"
-"a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</"
-"key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a "
-"laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth numeric keypads."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the "
-"pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once "
-"with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the <key "
-"xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard "
-"focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to "
-"right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90
-msgid ""
-"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The
"
-"mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the "
-"keypad number keys can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23
-msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26
-msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31
-msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32
-msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a
"
-"PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green "
-"mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged
"
-"in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
-msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47
-msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it "
-"is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the "
-"mouse may be broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56
-msgid "Checking wireless mice"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off "
-"completely, so you can take it with you without it constantly waking up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See "
-"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67
-msgid ""
-"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so "
-"might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74
-msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79
-msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84
-msgid ""
-"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the
"
-"same channel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90
-msgid ""
-"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction "
-"manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98
-msgid ""
-"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have "
-"a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. "
-"The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
-msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
-msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the "
-"pointer speed for these devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is "
-"comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the best for "
-"the other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the <gui>Mouse</gui> "
-"section is only visible when a mouse is connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
-msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47
-msgid "<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchpad gestures</link> are covered separately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:52
-msgid "Tap to click"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:56
-msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60
-msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63
-msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want "
-"it, then lift your finger to drop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:71
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, "
-"you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method "
-"of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77
-msgid ""
-"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by "
-"tapping with three fingers at once."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:84
-msgid ""
-"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your
"
-"fingers are too close, your computer may think they’re a single finger."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:90
-msgid "Enable Tap to Click"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:99 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:140
-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102
-msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:107
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to Click</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:113
-msgid "Two finger scroll"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:117
-msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119
-msgid ""
-"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two "
-"fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and "
-"bottom of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways.
"
-"Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like "
-"one big finger to your touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127
-msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:131
-msgid "Enable Two-finger Scrolling"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:144
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:150
-msgid "Natural scrolling"
-msgstr "Prirodno pomicanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152
-msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164
-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:168
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:173
-msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:21
-#: C/translate.page:13
-msgid "2011"
-msgstr "2011"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22 C/printing-name-location.page:16
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
-msgid "Jana Svarova"
-msgstr "Jana Svarova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34
-msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37
-msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to “wake up” before they start "
-"working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or "
-"touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:29
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Mouse"
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Mouse"
-msgstr "Miš"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/mouse.page:30
-msgid "Adjust the behavior of pointing devices to meet personal requirements."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/mouse.page:33
-msgid "Mouse, Touchpad & Touchscreen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:44
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Common mouse problems"
-msgstr "Črsti problemi s mišem"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:45
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Common problems"
-msgstr "Črsti problemi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:52
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Mouse tips"
-msgstr "Savjeti miša"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/mouse.page:53 C/net-general.page:21
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Savjeti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/mouse.page:55
-msgid "Tips"
-msgstr "Savjeti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13
-msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be “copy protected”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17
-msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19
-msgid ""
-"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t play on your computer, "
-"especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21
-msgid ""
-"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play "
-"a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play "
-"MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio format, you should "
-"see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for "
-"how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t play it, the song might be "
-"<em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can "
-"play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of "
-"this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it — you "
-"generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often "
-"not supported on Linux."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"https://www.eff.org/issues/drm\";>Electronic Frontier "
-"Foundation</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
-msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28
-msgid "Sindhu S"
-msgstr "Sindhu S"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38
-msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and "
-"the trash behavior. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui>Preferences</"
-"gui>, then go to the <gui>General</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45
-msgid "Behavior"
-msgstr "Ponašanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48
-msgid "<gui>Action to Open Items</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49
-msgid ""
-"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and
"
-"folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</"
-"key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58
-msgid "Executable text files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59
-msgid ""
-"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link "
-"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run "
-"as a program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These "
-"have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/"
-"scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui
style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</"
-"gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the "
-"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81
-msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:84
-msgid "Select the desired file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:93
-msgid ""
-"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web "
-"or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27
-msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31
-msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33
-msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36
-msgid "Add a bookmark:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38
-msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Click the current folder in the path bar and then select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can also drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop it over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears "
-"dynamically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:51
-msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:53
-msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:59
-msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:61
-msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:65
-msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two "
-"different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you "
-"won’t be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the "
-"name of the folder it points to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
-msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
-msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they "
-"were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to "
-"share files with other people on your local network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50
-msgid ""
-"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on "
-"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on "
-"the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re looking for, you can manually connect to a server by
"
-"typing in its internet/network address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60
-msgid "Connect to a file server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61
-msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
-msgid ""
-"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link "
-"xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
-msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui>
list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can browse the files just as you would
"
-"for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly "
-"in the future."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
-msgid "Writing URLs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location or "
-"file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
-msgid ""
-"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the "
-"address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server "
-"name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
-msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95
-msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
-msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
-msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
-msgid "Types of servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
-msgid ""
-"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other
"
-"servers require you to log in with a username and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108
-msgid ""
-"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP "
-"sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
-msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
-msgid "SSH"
-msgstr "SSH"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
-msgid ""
-"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts "
-"provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log
in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
-msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
-msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
-msgid ""
-"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your "
-"network can’t see it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
-msgid "FTP (with login)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
-msgid ""
-"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many "
-"servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to "
-"upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139
-msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141
-msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
-msgid "Public FTP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146
-msgid ""
-"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers
"
-"do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
-msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
-msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
-msgid ""
-"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public "
-"username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> "
-"method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
-msgid "Windows share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
-msgid ""
-"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a "
-"Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. "
-"If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file "
-"manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167
-msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169
-msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173
-msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174
-msgid ""
-"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and "
-"to store files on the internet. If the server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should "
-"choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can’t see your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179
-msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181
-msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192
-msgid "NFS share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193
-msgid ""
-"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share files over a local network. With
"
-"NFS, security is based on the UID of the user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are "
-"needed when connecting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197
-msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199
-msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:28
-msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:32
-msgid "File manager display preferences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click the menu button in the top-right "
-"corner of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then go to the <gui>Icon View Captions</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:39
-msgid "Icon captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:42
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
-msgid "File manager icons with captions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:45
-msgid ""
-"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a "
-"caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it "
-"was last modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and choosing a zoom level with "
-"the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can "
-"choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last "
-"will only be shown at very large sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:55
-msgid ""
-"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See "
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:62
-msgid "List View"
-msgstr "Pogled popisa"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:64
-msgid ""
-"When viewing files as a list, you can display <gui>Expandable Folders in List View</gui>. This shows "
-"expanders on each directory in the file list, so that the contents of several folders can be shown at once.
"
-"This is useful if the folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with a folder
"
-"per artist, and a subfolder per album."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26
-msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31
-msgid "File properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also "
-"select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37
-msgid ""
-"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you "
-"last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
-"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43
-msgid ""
-"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link "
-"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
-"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there "
-"will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
-msgid "Basic properties"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54
-msgid "<gui>Name</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. "
-"See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60
-msgid "<gui>Type</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61
-msgid ""
-"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The "
-"file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t open "
-"a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66
-msgid ""
-"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use "
-"to refer to the file type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Sadržaj"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you "
-"see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted "
-"as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is "
-"empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77
-msgid ""
-"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much "
-"disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in
"
-"an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be "
-"given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82
-msgid "Parent Folder"
-msgstr "Sadržajna mapa"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
-msgid ""
-"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique "
-"“address” of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to "
-"find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its parent
"
-"folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92
-msgid "Free Space"
-msgstr "Slobodan prostor"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93
-msgid ""
-"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that "
-"the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:134
-msgid "Accessed"
-msgstr "Pristupljeno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:66
-msgid "Modified"
-msgstr "Promijenjeno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105
-msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
-msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
-msgid "Set file permissions"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the "
-"permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</"
-"gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39
-msgid ""
-"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you
"
-"can set."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For "
-"your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file
"
-"to read-only if you don’t want to accidentally change it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their
"
-"own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used "
-"for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the "
-"file’s group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to "
-"a group you belong to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58
-msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file’s group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to "
-"run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager will still open the file in an application. See "
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68
-msgid "Folders"
-msgstr "Mape"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69
-msgid ""
-"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file "
-"permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:72
-msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76
-msgctxt "permission"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Nijedna"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77
-msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81
-msgid "List files only"
-msgstr "Prikaži samo datoteke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86
-msgid "Access files"
-msgstr "Pristup datotekama"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87
-msgid ""
-"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular
"
-"file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92
-msgid "Create and delete files"
-msgstr "Stvori i obriši datoteke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93
-msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:98
-msgid ""
-"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change "
-"Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files "
-"or folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as "
-"well, to any depth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:38
-msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
-msgid "Files list columns preferences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:43
-msgid ""
-"There are several columns of information that you can display in the <gui>Files</gui> list view. Right-"
-"click a column header and select or deselect which columns should be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
-msgid "The name of folders and files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:52
-msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
-msgid ""
-"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given "
-"as bytes, KB, or MB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
-msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
-msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
-msgid "Owner"
-msgstr "Vlasnik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:71
-msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:74
-msgid "Group"
-msgstr "Grupa"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:75
-msgid ""
-"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, but it is possible to have many "
-"users in one group. For example, a department may have their own group in a work environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Dozvole"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:81
-msgid "Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
-msgid ""
-"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory "
-"(folder). In rare cases, other characters can also be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
-msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:94
-msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:98
-msgid ""
-"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:102
-msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:105
-msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:109
-msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:112
-msgid ""
-"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or script file, or you can access "
-"subfolders and files if it is a folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:117
-msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:122
-msgid "MIME Type"
-msgstr "MIME vrsta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:123
-msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:126
-msgid "Location"
-msgstr "Lokacija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:127
-msgid "The path to the location of the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:130
-msgid "Modified — Time"
-msgstr "Promijenjeno — Vrijeme"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:131
-msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:135
-msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "preferences"
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Preferences"
-msgstr "osobitosti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:12
-msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17
-msgid "File manager preferences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:28
-msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:31
-msgid "File manager preview preferences"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:33
-msgid ""
-"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow
"
-"for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the "
-"top-right of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then go to the <gui>Performance</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41
-msgid "<gui>Show Thumbnails</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:42
-msgid ""
-"By default, all previews are done for <gui>On this computer only</gui>, those on your computer or connected
"
-"external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>All files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can
"
-"<link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the "
-"internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may "
-"want to set the preview option to <gui>All files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:52
-msgid "<gui>Count Number of Files in Folders</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-"
-"display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
-"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a "
-"network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-preview.page:58
-msgid ""
-"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external "
-"drives."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
-msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:43
-msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. Press the menu button in the top-"
-"right corner of the window, select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui "
-"style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:51
-msgid "Default view"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:54
-msgid "Arrange items"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
-#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
-msgid ""
-"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by clicking "
-"the view options menu button in the toolbar and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by "
-"clicking the list column headers in list view."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
-msgid "Sort folders before files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:65
-msgid ""
-"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before "
-"files, enable this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:18
-msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:22
-msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all "
-"of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that "
-"might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux "
-"are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating "
-"systems, so no one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and "
-"security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to worry about them at the
moment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-antivirus.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between "
-"yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the "
-"software installer or search online; a number of applications are available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12 C/net-problem.page:12
-#: C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:14 C/net-wireless.page:19
-msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-browser.page:17
-msgid "Change your default web browser."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-browser.page:20
-msgid "Web browsers"
-msgstr "Web preglednici"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:29
-msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:32
-msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that "
-"page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you "
-"wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:41
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<input>Default Applications</input>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:45
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Default Applications</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:48
-msgid "Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-browser.page:53
-msgid ""
-"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not the default browser any more. If "
-"this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the "
-"default browser again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-default-email.page:29
-msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Default Applications</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-default-email.page:32
-msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), "
-"your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you "
-"have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this "
-"by changing which one is the default email application:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:42
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Default Applications</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:46
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgid "Click <gui>Default Applications</gui>."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Postavke</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-default-email.page:49
-msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui>
option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
-msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
-msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way "
-"of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-"
-"antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus
"
-"hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need to scan "
-"your email for viruses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-email-virus.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person
"
-"to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-"
-"infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second "
-"friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent "
-"this, but it’s unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of "
-"their own anyway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15
-msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
-msgstr "Projekt GNOME dokumentacije"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/net-email.page:25
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Email"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-email.page:26
-msgid "Set your default app and stay safe with email."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-email.page:29
-msgid "Email & email software"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-findip.page:38
-msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:41
-msgid "Find your IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be "
-"surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal
"
-"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:49
-msgid "Find your wired connection’s internal (network) IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:58
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Boja</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The IP address for a <gui>Wired</gui> connection will be displayed on the right along with some
information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:64
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button for more details on your connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: See NetworkManager for 'PCI', 'USB' and 'Ethernet'
-#: C/net-findip.page:71
-msgid ""
-"If more than one type of wired connected is available, you might see names like <gui>PCI Ethernet</gui> or "
-"<gui>USB Ethernet</gui> instead of <gui>Wired</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:78
-msgid "Find your wireless connection’s internal (network) IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:87
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Dijeljenje</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:90
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> for the IP address and more details on your connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-findip.page:97
-msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:99
-msgid "Visit <link href=\"https://whatismyipaddress.com/\";>whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:103
-msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:107
-msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these addresses may be the same."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20
-msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23
-msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35
-msgid ""
-"GNOME does not come with a firewall, so for support beyond this document check with your distribution’s "
-"support team or your organization’s IT department. Your computer should be equipped with a <em>firewall</"
-"em> that allows it to block programs from being accessed by other people on the internet or your network. "
-"This helps to keep your computer secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view "
-"your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need "
-"to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other "
-"computers on the network to access a service, you may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You "
-"may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can’t find one (for example, GUFW)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to "
-"access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the "
-"service</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:64
-msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19
-msgid ""
-"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your "
-"firewall."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23
-msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file "
-"sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-"
-"off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this "
-"table isn’t complete."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35
-msgid "Port"
-msgstr "Ulaz"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Opis"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48
-msgid "5353/udp"
-msgstr "5353/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
-msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
-msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify "
-"the details manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60
-msgid "631/udp"
-msgstr "631/udp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:22
-msgid "Printing"
-msgstr "Ispisivanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66
-msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71
-msgid "631/tcp"
-msgstr "631/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77
-msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83
-msgid "5298/tcp"
-msgstr "5298/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86
-msgid "Presence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as “online” or "
-"“busy”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
-msgid "5900/tcp"
-msgstr "5900/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
-msgid "Remote desktop"
-msgstr "Udaljena radna površina"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
-msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107
-msgid "3689/tcp"
-msgstr "3689/tcp"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110
-msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
-msgstr "Dijeljenje glazbe (DAAP)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113
-msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
-msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
-msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and "
-"other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but "
-"you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for "
-"example, if it is a file server)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
-msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:49 C/net-othersconnect.page:46
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:66 C/net-proxy.page:64 C/net-vpn-connect.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Network</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 C/net-macaddress.page:53 C/net-othersconnect.page:50
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:70 C/net-proxy.page:68 C/net-vpn-connect.page:66
-msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the <_:media-1/> button next to "
-"the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to "
-"the active network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 C/net-manual.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 C/net-manual.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the "
-"appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 C/net-manual.page:72
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the IP address of a DNS
"
-"server you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 C/net-manual.page:77
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the <gui>Address</"
-"gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter "
-"additional routes using the <gui>+</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84
-msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-general.page:22
-msgid "Learn about IP address, internet proxies, and how to stay safe on the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-general.page:26
-msgid "Networking terms & tips"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:32
-msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
-msgid "What is a MAC address?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network "
-"hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each
"
-"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:42
-msgid ""
-"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</"
-"code> is an example of a MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:45
-msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:56
-msgid "Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left pane."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> on the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device displayed as the <gui>Hardware
"
-"Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-macaddress.page:68
-msgid ""
-"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers "
-"may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working,
"
-"and you need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof "
-"the MAC address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-manual.page:25
-msgid "You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:30
-msgid "Manually set network settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually "
-"enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, "
-"you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-manual.page:39
-msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:50
-msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:54
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:58
-msgid "For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located next to the active
network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-manual.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar and connect. Test the "
-"network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-mobile.page:28
-msgid "Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-mobile.page:33
-msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s built-in 3G modem, your mobile "
-"phone, or an Internet stick."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB tethering</link> that requires no setup "
-"on the computer, and is generally the better method to connect to the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your
computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:57
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure that your device is not set to "
-"connect as Mass Storage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:61
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the <gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband "
-"Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui
"
-"style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:65
-msgid "Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:67
-msgid "Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will determine the Access Point "
-"Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-mobile.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close
"
-"and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will display the properties of your connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer "
-"will be able to connect to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40
-msgid ""
-"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use it. If "
-"the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73
-msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81
-msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make available to other users</gui> option "
-"to allow other users to use the network connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73
-msgid ""
-"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77
-msgid "Any user can change this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:29
-msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
-msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-othersedit.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, you may have set the "
-"connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can "
-"<em>connect</em> using that connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-problem.page:17
-msgid "Troubleshoot connectivity issues with wireless and wired networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-problem.page:20
-msgid "Network problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-proxy.page:37
-msgid ""
-"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously, for "
-"control or security purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:40
-msgid "Define proxy settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:43
-msgid "What is a proxy?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests from your web browser to fetch
"
-"web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly "
-"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you "
-"from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-proxy.page:55
-msgid "Change proxy method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:74
-msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:77
-msgctxt "proxy"
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Nijedan"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:78
-msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:82
-msgid "Manual"
-msgstr "Ručno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:83
-msgid ""
-"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are "
-"<gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/net-proxy.page:88
-msgid "Automatic"
-msgstr "Automatski"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:89
-msgid "A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-proxy.page:96
-msgid "Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:13
-msgid "Steven Richards"
-msgstr "Steven Richards"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:19
-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
-msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that "
-"Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses "
-"are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is "
-"also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security "
-"features included with each distribution."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always "
-"vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
-msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:42
-msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
-msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:49
-msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:54
-msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:58
-msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then
"
-"think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is
"
-"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link> to any application,
"
-"especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything "
-"with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-security-tips.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, "
-"but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
-"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/net-security.page:17
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Security"
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sigurnost"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-security.page:18
-msgid "Understand firewalls, viruses, and other internet security topics."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-security.page:21
-msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-slow.page:19
-msgid ""
-"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-slow.page:23
-msgid "The internet seems slow"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:25
-msgid ""
-"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the "
-"slow down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then "
-"reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:34
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several "
-"households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the "
-"connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the "
-"case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-"
-"down. You’re most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in "
-"the evenings, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:45
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:46
-msgid ""
-"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching "
-"videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will "
-"feel slower."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:52
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If "
-"you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply "
-"unreliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:59
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if "
-"you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong
signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:66
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where "
-"signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "
-"“mobile broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:74
-msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-slow.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of "
-"reasons — you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the "
-"browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then opening the "
-"browser again to see if this makes a difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28
-msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a VPN"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
-msgid ""
-"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. "
-"For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you’re on a business "
-"trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your "
-"workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual "
-"network connection would be through the hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually "
-"<em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to without logging "
-"in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what
"
-"type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and "
-"see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search "
-"for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and "
-"install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to "
-"follow some different instructions to get that working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58
-msgid "To set up the VPN connection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69
-msgid "At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73
-msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76
-msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79
-msgid "Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are finished."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system "
-"menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You "
-"may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the connection is made, you "
-"will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91
-msgid ""
-"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings "
-"you entered. You can do this from the <gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. "
-"Select the VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review the settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98
-msgid ""
-"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click <gui>Turn Off</gui> under the "
-"name of your VPN connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22
-msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
-msgid "What is an IP address?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
-msgid ""
-"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network "
-"(like the internet) has one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30
-msgid ""
-"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies
"
-"your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that "
-"identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. "
-"<code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40
-msgid ""
-"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily "
-"assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. "
-"Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are typically only used when "
-"there is a special need for them, such as in the administration of a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25
-msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
-msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33
-msgid ""
-"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The wired network "
-"icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top bar with three dots while the connection is being established. "
-"The dots disappear when you are connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:42
-msgid "Diagram of an Ethernet cable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end "
-"of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other
"
-"end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup
"
-"you have). The Ethernet port is often on the side of a laptop, or near the top of the back of a desktop "
-"computer. Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:54
-msgid ""
-"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some "
-"extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or
switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wired-connect.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will "
-"have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wired.page:11
-msgid "Use a wired internet connection and set a static IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wired.page:19
-msgid "Wired networking"
-msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
-msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33
-msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a "
-"separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such "
-"as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the wireless network to which you are already "
-"connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:61 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:48
-msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:64
-msgid ""
-"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that "
-"network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn
On</"
-"gui> to confirm."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:70
-msgid ""
-"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the "
-"name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just "
-"created."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:75
-msgid ""
-"You can also connect to the wireless network by scanning the QR Code on your phone or tablet using the "
-"built-in camera app or a QR code scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
-msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34
-msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), "
-"you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to "
-"save battery power, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and "
-"Bluetooth connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46
-msgid "To turn on airplane mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41 C/power-nowireless.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Wi-Fi</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 C/power-nowireless.page:54
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you "
-"disable airplane mode again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63
-msgid ""
-"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</"
-"gui> by clicking on the connection name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26
-msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30
-msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get "
-"access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44
-msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
-msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Odaberi mrežu</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49
-msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If the name of the network is not shown, scroll down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may
"
-"be out of range, or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter
"
-"the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or "
-"in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:64
-msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:70 C/net-wireless-connect.page:76
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it (<_:"
-"media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is "
-"weaker and might not be very reliable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you "
-"that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to "
-"happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your "
-"computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link
xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/"
-"> for more help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:92
-msgid ""
-"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet "
-"connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to
"
-"the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two "
-"connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24
-msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29
-msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31
-msgid ""
-"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay "
-"connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network
"
-"icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
-"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38
-msgid "Weak wireless signal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40
-msgid ""
-"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless "
-"networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be "
-"able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the "
-"base station can also weaken the signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46
-msgid ""
-"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try "
-"moving closer to the wireless base station."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52
-msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at "
-"first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only "
-"partially successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to
"
-"finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61
-msgid ""
-"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not
"
-"allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68
-msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless "
-"cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, "
-"but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from "
-"time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting "
-"some different hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80
-msgid "Busy wireless networks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers "
-"trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all "
-"of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
-msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect to a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
-msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of "
-"available networks from the system menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-"
-"wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48
-msgid ""
-"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if "
-"the network appears in the list after a while."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53
-msgid ""
-"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a "
-"different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58
-msgid ""
-"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</"
-"link> if it is a hidden network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27
-msgid "Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32
-msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden networks won’t show up in the "
-"list of wireless networks displayed in the <gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless "
-"network:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:53
-msgid ""
-"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the <gui>Connection</gui> "
-"drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:58
-msgid ""
-"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the <gui>Wi-Fi "
-"security</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:62
-msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:65
-msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:69
-msgid ""
-"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to see what the network name is. "
-"If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, "
-"the access point’s MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and can usually be
"
-"found on the underside of the access point."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:75
-msgid ""
-"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:79
-msgid ""
-"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don’t know "
-"about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it "
-"is still detectable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18
-msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22
-msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but
"
-"you still can’t successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28
-msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that "
-"you didn’t get the case of one of the letters wrong."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33
-msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34
-msgid ""
-"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a string of characters in "
-"hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If "
-"you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make "
-"sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, "
-"select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
-"connection)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38
-msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won’t connect. Try turning
"
-"the card off and then on again to reset it — see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43
-msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44
-msgid ""
-"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. "
-"Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected "
-"by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, use trial and "
-"error to go through the different options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48
-msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can’t "
-"connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative "
-"wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</"
-"em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15
-msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27
-msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30
-msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34
-msgid ""
-"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A "
-"<em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work "
-"properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers "
-"which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try
"
-"some of the options below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
-msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists
"
-"provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list "
-"for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/";
-"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/";
-"Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link href=\"https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/";
-"Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) "
-"and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the "
-"information there to get your wireless drivers working."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
-msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. "
-"This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct "
-"driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, it may not be "
-"installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if "
-"they have any Linux drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has
"
-"one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71
-msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72
-msgid ""
-"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another "
-"operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless "
-"adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use "
-"some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows
"
-"drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how
"
-"to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"https://sourceforge.net/p/ndiswrapper/ndiswrapper/Main_Page/\";>here</link>.
"
-"Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85
-msgid ""
-"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that "
-"working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check "
-"that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28
-msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29
-msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network
"
-"device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error "
-"message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your "
-"wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"*-network\n"
-" description: Wireless interface\n"
-" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
-" vendor: Intel Corporation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-"
-"drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that
"
-"you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has
"
-"(<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link
xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</"
-"link>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63
-msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To
"
-"check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code>
"
-"or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to "
-"your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> "
-"or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117
-msgid ""
-"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-"
-"device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
-"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95
-msgid "USB wireless adapter"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a
"
-"USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless "
-"(Wi-Fi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a "
-"3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106
-msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109
-msgid ""
-"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network "
-"device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
-"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might "
-"look like:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB
Card"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128
-msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130
-msgid ""
-"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are "
-"more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136
-msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140
-msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/code
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143
-msgid ""
-"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, and will automatically update if "
-"anything to do with your hardware changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148
-msgid ""
-"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes "
-"should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154
-msgid ""
-"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After
"
-"you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159
-msgid ""
-"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your "
-"wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169
-msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may "
-"not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which
"
-"Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176
-msgid ""
-"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s website. These might include "
-"mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
-msgid ""
-"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29
-msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31
-msgid ""
-"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many "
-"wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a "
-"note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, "
-"like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40
-msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44
-msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
-msgid ""
-"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can "
-"usually be found on the underside or reverse of the device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. "
-"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its “firmware” version, or the "
-"components (chipset) it uses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download "
-"software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet "
-"network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69
-msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25
-msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting
steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
-msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32
-msgid ""
-"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make "
-"sure that your networking problem isn’t caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection "
-"being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
-msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your "
-"laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if
"
-"it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard
"
-"keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar "
-"and select the Wi-Fi network, then select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
-"switch is set to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode</link> "
-"is <em>not</em> switched on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62
-msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64
-msgid ""
-"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection status. Look down the list of "
-"information and see if there is an item related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is "
-"<code>connected</code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless router."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72
-msgid ""
-"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not
"
-"be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. "
-"Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for "
-"support."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78
-msgid ""
-"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, "
-"click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
-msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29
-msgid ""
-"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot "
-"connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
-msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38
-msgid "Performing an initial check"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
-msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44
-msgid "Checking your hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47
-msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50
-msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54
-msgid ""
-"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it
"
-"on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59
-msgid "Using the command line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). "
-"You can find the <app>Terminal</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide will direct you at each step. "
-"All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as "
-"they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20
-msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
-msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25
-msgid ""
-"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless "
-"connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at "
-"which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA "
-"stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these "
-"standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your "
-"wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wireless.page:15
-msgid "Connect to wireless networks, including hidden networks and networks created from phone tethering."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wireless.page:30
-msgid "Wireless networking"
-msgstr "Bežično umrežavanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26
-msgid "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31
-msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that "
-"you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, "
-"follow the steps below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39
-msgid "To forget a wireless connection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45
-msgid "Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to connect to that network any "
-"more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56
-msgid ""
-"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, follow the steps in <link "
-"xref=\"net-wireless-connect\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/net.page:21
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Networks"
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Networking"
-msgstr "Mreže"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net.page:22
-msgid "Connect to wireless and wired networks. Stay safe with a VPN. Create a wireless hotspot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net.page:29
-msgid "Networking, web & email"
-msgstr "Umrežavanje, web i e-pošta"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:16 C/power-autosuspend.page:17 C/power-status.page:17 C/power-wireless.page:18
-msgid "2016"
-msgstr "2016"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:21
-msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:24
-msgid "Enable automatic brightness"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:26
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to automatically control screen brightness.
"
-"This ensures that the screen is always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to "
-"reduce battery consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:41
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic Screen Brightness</gui> "
-"switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autobrightness.page:47
-msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22
-msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25
-msgid "Set up automatic suspend"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27
-msgid ""
-"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. Different intervals can be specified "
-"for running on battery or plugged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40
-msgid "In the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic Suspend</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch to on, and select a
<gui>Delay</"
-"gui>. Both options can be configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49
-msgid "On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15
-msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37
-msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:39
-msgid ""
-"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is "
-"different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can "
-"only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:44
-msgid ""
-"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the
"
-"amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many "
-"programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like
"
-"watching high-definition video or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment,
"
-"and is difficult to predict."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. "
-"Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life "
-"can be made."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55
-msgid ""
-"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to
"
-"make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60
-msgid ""
-"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is "
-"probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:63
-msgid ""
-"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge "
-"again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:39
-msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:42
-msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy
"
-"bill and help the environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:48
-msgid "General tips"
-msgstr "Općeniti savjeti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:52
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This "
-"significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:57
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer "
-"periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this "
-"is not the case."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of "
-"options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</"
-"link> after a certain time, enable the <gui>Automatic <link xref=\"power-profile\">Power Saver</link></gui>
"
-"mode when the battery is low, and have the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend\">automatically
suspend</"
-"link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:72
-msgid "Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:75
-msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:83
-msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. Powering the screen accounts for a "
-"significant fraction of a laptop power consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:90
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the "
-"brightness."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:94
-msgid ""
-"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, <link xref=\"power-wireless\">turn off the "
-"wireless or Bluetooth cards</link>. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit
"
-"of power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard "
-"shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:106
-msgid "More advanced tips"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:110
-msgid ""
-"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more
"
-"work to do."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batterylife.page:112
-msgid ""
-"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, "
-"applications that frequently grab data from the internet or play music or movies can impact your power "
-"consumption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
-msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
-msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
-msgid ""
-"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are
"
-"a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big "
-"difference."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, "
-"although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it
"
-"is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse
"
-"for the battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any "
-"warmer than it has to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery "
-"at the same time as you get the original battery — always buy replacements when you need them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
-msgid ""
-"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other "
-"types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
-msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25
-msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The "
-"processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running "
-"slower, so the battery should last longer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32
-msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15
-msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33
-msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running "
-"Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS
"
-"that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often "
-"highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they
"
-"are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, "
-"though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might "
-"find that changing its settings is also useful."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on "
-"Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods "
-"give different estimates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-closelid.page:31
-msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:35
-msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:37
-msgid ""
-"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></"
-"link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to
"
-"sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a "
-"key. If that still does not work, press the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported "
-"by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that "
-"you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-"
-"suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend "
-"when you close the lid."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-closelid.page:52
-msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:55
-msgid ""
-"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. Contact your distribution for more "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:60 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37
-msgid "You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: if/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:63 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40
-msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</app></link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:68
-msgid ""
-"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the setting for that "
-"behavior."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid
"
-"closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:79 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Tweaks</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:83 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52
-msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:86
-msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:89
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-closelid.page:93
-msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
-msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:21
-msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:23
-msgid ""
-"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling "
-"system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their
"
-"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the
"
-"fans just run at full speed all of the time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full "
-"control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\";>vaiofand</link> can be installed
"
-"to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which "
-"is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to
"
-"do it for your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-constantfan.page:37
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is
"
-"overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool "
-"enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. "
-"You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
-msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
-msgid "My computer gets really hot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
-msgid ""
-"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the
"
-"way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is "
-"overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to "
-"worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their "
-"heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be "
-"uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes "
-"get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient
cooling."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this "
-"concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust "
-"and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too — if "
-"kept in confined spaces (for example, in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to
"
-"remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged
"
-"use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being
"
-"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to "
-"consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your "
-"lap."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming "
-"damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, "
-"you will probably need to get it repaired."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:11
-msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:32
-msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:34
-msgid ""
-"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically turn off. It does this "
-"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the "
-"battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your applications and documents <em>are not</"
-"em> saved. To avoid losing your work, save it before the battery gets too low."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:36
-msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when
"
-"you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless "
-"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to "
-"turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
-msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:57
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and then on again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on and then switch it "
-"off again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still "
-"having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
-msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:25
-msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:27
-msgid ""
-"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies "
-"(usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as "
-"you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops "
-"come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, "
-"plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In
"
-"this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is "
-"one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the "
-"back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a "
-"small switch marked “110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/power-percentage.page:17 C/power-profile.page:15 C/status-icons.page:55
-msgid "2021"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-percentage.page:22
-msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-percentage.page:25
-msgid "Show the battery status as a percentage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-percentage.page:27 C/power-status.page:62
-msgid ""
-"The <link xref=\"status-icons#batteryicons\">status icon</link> in the top bar shows the charge level of "
-"the main internal battery, and whether it is currently charging or not. It can also display the charge as a
"
-"<link xref=\"power-percentage\">percentage</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/power-percentage.page:34
-msgid "Display the battery percentage in the top bar"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-percentage.page:44
-msgid "In the <gui>Suspend & Power Button</gui> section, set <gui>Show Battery Percentage</gui> to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-profile.page:20
-msgid "Balance performance and battery usage."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-profile.page:23
-msgid "Choose a power profile"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-profile.page:25
-msgid "You can manage power usage by choosing a <gui>Power Mode</gui>. There are three possible profiles:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-profile.page:30
-msgid "<gui>Balanced</gui>: Standard performance and power usage. This is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-profile.page:34
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Power Saver</gui>: Reduced performance and power usage. This setting maximizes battery life. It may "
-"enable some power saving options and prevent them from being switched off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-profile.page:39
-msgid ""
-"<gui>Performance</gui>: High performance and power usage. This mode will only be visible if it is supported
"
-"by your computer. It will be selectable if your computer is running on AC power. If your device supports "
-"lap detection, you will not be able to select this option if the device is running on someone's lap."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/power-profile.page:48
-msgid "To choose a power profile:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-profile.page:57
-msgid "In the <gui>Power Mode</gui> section, choose one of the profiles."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-status.page:22
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-status.page:25
-msgid "Check the battery status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/power-status.page:29
-msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-status.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of <gui>Batteries</gui> and known <gui>Devices</gui> "
-"is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Batteries</gui> section displays the status of one or more "
-"laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if "
-"plugged in, and time remaining when running on battery power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-status.page:59
-msgid "The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13
-msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
-msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29
-msgid ""
-"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try to resume it, you may find that "
-"it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
-msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a "
-"screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in,
"
-"just press it once)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is switched on and try pressing a key "
-"on the keyboard again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will "
-"lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
-msgid ""
-"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
-msgid ""
-"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it "
-"will switch off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
-msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
-msgid ""
-"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, "
-"or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not "
-"properly support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not "
-"the device itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will "
-"start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again
"
-"and see if it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your "
-"computer for the device to start working again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-suspend.page:9
-msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:25
-msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:33
-msgid ""
-"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain
"
-"open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still "
-"switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a "
-"key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-"
-"suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your "
-"computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/power-suspend.page:46
-msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/power-suspend.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your
"
-"open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-whydim.page:29
-msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-whydim.page:32
-msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in order to "
-"save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:44
-msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-whydim.page:55
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Dim Screen</gui> switch to off in the <gui>Power Saving Options</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12
-msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21
-msgid "My computer will not turn on"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some
"
-"of the possible reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
-msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched "
-"on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the "
-"charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is "
-"correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
-msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45
-msgid ""
-"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get "
-"your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components "
-"(such as the memory or RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
-msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be "
-"indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, "
-"and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different "
-"manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer’s "
-"motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
-msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64
-msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66
-msgid ""
-"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button,
"
-"but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for "
-"repairs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power-wireless.page:23
-msgid "Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power-wireless.page:26
-msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile broadband when they are not in use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:34
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wi-"
-#| "Fi</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Wi-Fi</"
-"gui> or <gui>Bluetooth</gui>, respectively."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Bežična mreža</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:38
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel, or <gui>Bluetooth</gui>, respectively."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/power-wireless.page:41
-msgid "In the header bar, switch the unused services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/power.page:13
-msgid "Natalia Ruz"
-msgstr "Natalia Ruz"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/power.page:23
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Power"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:24
-msgid "View your battery status and change power saving settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/power.page:27
-msgid "Power & battery"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:35
-msgid "Power saving settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/power.page:39
-msgid "Questions"
-msgstr "Pitanja"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/power.page:45
-msgctxt "link"
-msgid "Power problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/power.page:47
-msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-display.page:19
-msgid "Set your background, configure monitors, and manage color temperatures."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-display.page:25
-msgid "Display & screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-language.page:17
-msgid "Set your preferred languages, regions, formats, and keyboard layouts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
-msgid "Share your screen, or share media and other files over a local network or Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:24
-msgid "Sharing Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/prefs-sharing.page:26
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> help you control what is shared over the local network, or through other "
-"technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/prefs.page:8
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Settings"
-msgstr "Postavke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/prefs.page:15
-msgid "From hardware control to privacy settings, make GNOME work for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/prefs.page:21
-msgid "User & system settings"
-msgstr "Korisnik i postavke sustava"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
-msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
-msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:28
-msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38 C/printing-select.page:28
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:35
-msgid "Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> "
-"drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to experiment with your printer to "
-"see how it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per "
-"side</gui> option to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
-msgid ""
-"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application "
-"you are using. This option may not always be available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23
-msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27
-msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special "
-"order and changing a couple of printing options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29
-msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30 C/printing-booklet.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by choosing
"
-"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 "
-"number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
-msgid "To print a booklet:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or
"
-"using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
-msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
-msgid "In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</gui> is selected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52
-msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
-msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
-msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
-msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59
-msgid "Examples:"
-msgstr "Primjeri:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
-msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
-msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
-msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
-msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69
-msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75
-msgid "Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>All pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26
-msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
-msgid "To print:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57
-msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62
-msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
-msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Front sides / right "
-"pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77
-msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Back sides / left
pages</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
-msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:23
-msgid "Print a booklet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:25
-msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
-msgid ""
-"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number "
-"of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:39
-msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing "
-"the blank pages at the end."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:53
-msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
-msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34
-msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38
-msgid "Cancel a print job"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40
-msgid ""
-"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste "
-"any ink or paper."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
-msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86 C/printing-name-location.page:49
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:84 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:51 C/printing-setup.page:76
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90 C/printing-name-location.page:53
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:88
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53
-msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57
-msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61
-msgid ""
-"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <em>cancel</em> button on "
-"your printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64
-msgid ""
-"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that will not cancel, remove "
-"the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will "
-"stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71
-msgid ""
-"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, though. If you would have to pull "
-"hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
-msgid "Pause and release a print job"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81
-msgid ""
-"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer "
-"settings and click the appropriate button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either "
-"pause or release the print job based on your needs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
-msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30
-msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 "
-"paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
-msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
-msgid "Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
-msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
-msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a different orientation:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
-msgid "Portrait"
-msgstr "Uspravno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
-msgid "Landscape"
-msgstr "Položeno"
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
-msgid "Reverse portrait"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
-msgid "Reverse landscape"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23
-msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
-msgid "Print envelopes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is especially useful if you have a "
-"lot of letters to send, for example."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
-msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36
-msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38
-msgid ""
-"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></"
-"keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> "
-"as “Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an "
-"envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most "
-"envelopes come in standard sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer’s in-"
-"tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is "
-"printed on to see which way is the right way up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your "
-"printer’s manual to see if it accepts envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an "
-"envelope in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
-msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
-msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
-msgid ""
-"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your "
-"printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
-msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found in the <gui>Printers</gui> "
-"panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will be shown with the printer details if it is available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36
-msgid ""
-"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP)
"
-"project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink "
-"status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link
href=\"http://libinklevel.";
-"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and "
-"some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:28
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
-msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:34
-msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to change the "
-"name or location of a printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:43
-msgid "Change printer name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:45
-msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:56 C/printing-name-location.page:91 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:58
-#: C/printing-setup.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Depending on your system, you may have to press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner "
-"and type in your password when prompted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:61 C/printing-name-location.page:96 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63
-msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button next to the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:65 C/printing-name-location.page:100
-msgid "Select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Printer Details</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:68
-msgid "Enter a new name for the printer in the <gui>Name</gui> field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:71 C/printing-name-location.page:106 C/tips-specialchars.page:106
-msgid "Close the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:78
-msgid "Change printer location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:80
-msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:103
-msgid "Enter a new location for the printer in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-order.page:23
-msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:26
-msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:29
-msgid "Reverse"
-msgstr "Obrnuto"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order "
-"when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:36
-msgid "To reverse the order:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:42
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be "
-"printed first, and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:50
-msgid "Collate"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by "
-"default (that is, all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). "
-"<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:59
-msgid "To collate:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:65
-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20
-msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
-msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
-msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28
-msgid ""
-"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually,
"
-"you will need to open one of the printer’s panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) "
-"pull the jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s <em>resume</em> button to start printing "
-"again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
-"print job again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-select.page:19
-msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-select.page:22
-msgid "Print only certain pages"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:24
-msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:32
-msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote "
-"a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:40
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/printing-select.page:42
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36
-msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39
-msgid "Set the default printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may "
-"want to pick the printer you use most often."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to set the "
-"default printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:55 C/printing-setup.page:80
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:67
-msgid "Select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Use Printer by Default</gui> checkbox."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:71
-msgid ""
-"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different "
-"printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup.page:38
-msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup.page:42
-msgid "Set up a local printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers are "
-"connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or "
-"wireless network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up automatically – you should add it from "
-"the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:57
-msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the "
-"system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:65
-msgid ""
-"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui>
"
-"to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:71
-msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:88
-msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:91
-msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:94
-msgid ""
-"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network address, enter it into the text "
-"field at the bottom of the dialog and then press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:101
-msgid ""
-"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you may need to install print
drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:109
-msgid ""
-"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your "
-"default printer</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:20
-msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:24
-msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:27
-msgid ""
-"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be there, or are otherwise poor "
-"in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink or toner supply."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
-msgid "Fading text or images"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:34
-msgid ""
-"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if
necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
-msgid "Streaks and lines"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:39
-msgid ""
-"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print "
-"head. See the printer’s manual for instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
-msgid "Wrong colors"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:45
-msgid ""
-"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new "
-"cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
-msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
-msgid ""
-"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. "
-"See the printer’s instruction manual for details on how to do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20
-msgid "Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:24
-msgid "Print to file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to "
-"file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the "
-"document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with "
-"someone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:33
-msgid "To print to file:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
-msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
-msgid ""
-"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer "
-"selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
-msgid ""
-"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output "
-"format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
-msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:18
-msgid ""
-"Set up local and network printers. Learn about different printing options like collation and multi-sided "
-"printing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:31
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Postavljanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:33
-msgid "Set up a printer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:38
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Sizes and layouts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:40
-msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:46
-msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:48
-msgid "Printer problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy.page:29
-msgid "Lock your screen, remove temporary files, and control access to devices like cameras and microphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy.page:33
-msgid "Privacy Settings"
-msgstr "Postavke privatnost"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy.page:35
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are visible to "
-"others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out unnecessary "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
-msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32
-msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that you have been working on in the
"
-"file manager and in file dialogs in applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private "
-"instead, or only track your very recent history."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40
-msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Privacy</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:46 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:69 C/privacy-purge.page:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>File History & Trash</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
-msgid "Switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50
-msgid "To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>File History</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:54 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:80
-msgid "Use the <gui>Clear History…</gui> button to purge the history immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:59
-msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:63
-msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:65 C/privacy-purge.page:52
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Region & Language</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>File "
-"History & Trash</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Jezik i regija</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:72
-msgid "Ensure the <gui>File History</gui> switch is set to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>File History Duration</gui>, select how long to retain your file history. Choose from options "
-"<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-location.page:21
-msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:24
-msgid "Control location services"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:26
-msgid ""
-"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and nearby Wi-Fi access points to "
-"determine your current location for use in setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</"
-"app>. When enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with a great deal of "
-"precision."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-location.page:33
-msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:35
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Location Services</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:39
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Location Services</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:42
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-location.page:43
-msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:33
-msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
-msgid "Purge trash & temporary files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and "
-"also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary "
-"files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the background. They can increase "
-"performance by providing a copy of data that was downloaded or computed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:50
-msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:59
-msgid ""
-"Switch on one or both of <gui>Automatically Delete Trash Content</gui> or <gui>Automatically Delete "
-"Temporary Files</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</em> to be purged by changing the "
-"<gui>Automatically Delete Period</gui> value."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Empty Trash…</gui> or <gui>Delete Temporary Files…</gui> buttons to perform these actions "
-"immediately."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:74
-msgid ""
-"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. See <link xref=\"files-"
-"delete#permanent\"/> for information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:35
-msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39
-msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:41
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to "
-"prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your
"
-"screen, you may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This "
-"will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:48
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need "
-"to enter your password to begin using them again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:53
-msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:56 C/session-screenlocks.page:44
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Screen
"
-"Lock</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:60 C/session-screenlocks.page:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel."
-msgid "Click on <gui>Screen Lock</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Bežična mreža</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:63
-msgid ""
-"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the "
-"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock Delay</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on your lock screen. This is "
-"convenient, for example, to see if you have any email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned "
-"about other people seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications on Lock Screen</gui> off. For
"
-"further notification settings, refer to <link xref=\"shell-notifications\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:76
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the bottom of
"
-"the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</"
-"gui>. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be automatically raised as "
-"you type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
-msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what is happening on the
"
-"screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the "
-"computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can "
-"email them and share them on the web."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
-msgid "Take a screenshot"
-msgstr "Uslikaj zaslon"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
-msgid ""
-"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an "
-"area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the "
-"screenshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
-msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you selected <gui>Selection</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you "
-"want for the screenshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click
<gui>Save</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. "
-"Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot "
-"thumbnail to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
-msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Prečaci tipkovnice"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard "
-"shortcuts:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
-msgid "<key>Print Screen</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
-msgid ""
-"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your <file>Pictures</file> folder in "
-"your home folder with a file name that begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time "
-"it was taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
-msgid ""
-"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved in your home folder instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
-msgid ""
-"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the "
-"clipboard instead of saving it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
-msgid "Make a screencast"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
-msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what is
"
-"on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
-msgid "A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
-msgid ""
-"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
-"again to stop the recording."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
-msgid ""
-"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your home folder, with a file name "
-"that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and includes the date and time it was taken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
-msgid "If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in your home folder
instead."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
-msgid ""
-"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
-msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
-msgid ""
-"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
-msgid "Record a fingerprint"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to "
-"identify you."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten "
-"your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65 C/user-changepicture.page:41
-msgid ""
-"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to edit user accounts other than
"
-"your own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42 C/user-autologin.page:33
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:70 C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Users</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
-msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a fingerprint for the selected "
-"account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> "
-"the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
-msgid "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your "
-"fingerprint reader. Once the computer has a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</"
-"gui> message."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
-msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. "
-"Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
-msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
-msgid ""
-"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option "
-"to log in with your password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
-msgid "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
-msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
-msgid "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-formats.page:26
-msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-formats.page:30
-msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:32
-msgid ""
-"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the
"
-"local customs of your region."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:37 C/session-language.page:50
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Region
"
-"& Language</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Jezik i regija</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:41 C/session-language.page:54
-msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:44
-msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Common Formats</gui>, select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
-"would like to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:51
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:54 C/session-language.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect. Either click <gui
style=\"button\">Restart…</"
-"gui>, or manually log back in later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:59
-msgid ""
-"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and
"
-"other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of "
-"the week in calendars."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-language.page:33
-msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-language.page:37
-msgid "Change which language you use"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper "
-"language packs installed on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/session-language.page:62
-msgid "…"
-msgstr "…"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:media-1/"
-"></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>."
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> to save."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Odaberi mrežu</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:75
-msgid ""
-"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any "
-"untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually "
-"American English."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:80
-msgid ""
-"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, "
-"pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in,
"
-"you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If "
-"you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28
-msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen Lock</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32
-msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:34
-msgid ""
-"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to "
-"enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with "
-"your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too "
-"quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:40
-msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
-msgid ""
-"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock "
-"Delay</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58
-msgid ""
-"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui>
"
-"switch to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing.page:11
-msgid "Share your desktop, files, or media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing.page:21
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Dijeljenje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
-msgid "2014-2015"
-msgstr "2014-2015"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30
-msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33
-msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35
-msgid ""
-"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth in the <file>Downloads</file> "
-"folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
-msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48
-msgid "Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is switched on</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder only when the "
-"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
-msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
-msgid "Share your desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing "
-"application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the "
-"security preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>GNOME Remote Desktop</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be "
-"visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:60
-msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-remote-desktop\" style=\"button\">Install GNOME Remote Desktop</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:74 C/sharing-desktop.page:166
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Dijeljenje</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77 C/sharing-media.page:63 C/sharing-personal.page:72
-msgid "If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to off, switch it to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80 C/sharing-media.page:66 C/sharing-personal.page:75
-msgid ""
-"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can <link xref=\"sharing-"
-"displayname\">change</link> the name your computer displays on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85
-msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
-msgid ""
-"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other "
-"people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what’s on your screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:93
-msgid ""
-"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections to control the screen</gui> is
"
-"checked. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your "
-"computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:102 C/sharing-personal.page:95
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sigurnost"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
-msgid ""
-"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:109
-msgid "New connections must ask for access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
-msgid ""
-"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, enable <gui>New "
-"connections must ask for access</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want "
-"to allow someone to connect to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
-msgid "This option is enabled by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119
-msgid "Require a Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:120
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, enable <gui>Require a Password</"
-"gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:124 C/sharing-personal.page:105
-msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:145 C/sharing-media.page:93 C/sharing-personal.page:113
-msgid "Networks"
-msgstr "Mreže"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:147
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
-"next to each to choose where your desktop can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:153
-msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:155
-msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:169
-msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:173
-msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
-msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
-msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other computers or devices, on the network "
-"or over Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
-msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:56 C/sharing-personal.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-"<gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:60 C/sharing-personal.page:69
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
-msgid "Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your computer displays on the
network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-media.page:23
-msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-media.page:26
-msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:38
-msgid ""
-"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a <sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> "
-"enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these "
-"devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:44
-msgid "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to be visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:49
-msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:71
-msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:74
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:77
-msgid ""
-"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file> are shared. To remove one of "
-"these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the folder name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:82
-msgid ""
-"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. "
-"Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you "
-"selected using the external device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:95
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
-"next to each to choose where your media can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:23
-msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:27
-msgid "Share your personal files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:45
-msgid ""
-"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder from another "
-"computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents "
-"of the folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:51
-msgid ""
-"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be "
-"visible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:56
-msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-user-share</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:80
-msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other people on your current "
-"network will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> "
-"folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:88
-msgid ""
-"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be accessed from other computers "
-"on the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:99
-msgid "Require Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:100
-msgid ""
-"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</file> folder, switch the "
-"<gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your "
-"<file>Public</file> folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:115
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch "
-"next to each to choose where your personal files can be shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14
-msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22
-msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26
-msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and runs them in the background. "
-"These are usually important programs that help your desktop session to run smoothly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32
-msgid ""
-"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that you use frequently, such as "
-"web browsers or editors, to the list of programs that start automatically on login."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46
-msgid "To start an application automatically on login:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55
-msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58
-msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62
-msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice to the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68
-msgid ""
-"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> button next "
-"to the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
-msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
-msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
-msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">dash</link> for easy
access:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview by clicking
<gui>Activities</"
-"gui> at the top left of the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen
"
-"and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
-msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
-msgid "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
-msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
-msgid ""
-"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select <gui>Remove from "
-"Favorites</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the <gui xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
-msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "Pokrenite svoje aplikacije iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
-msgid "Start applications"
-msgstr "Pokretanje aplikacija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui "
-"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your "
-"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
-"key."
-msgstr ""
-"Pomaknite svoj pokazivač miša u <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> kut gore lijevo u traci na zaslonu kako bi se "
-"prikazao <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled. Ovdje možete potražiti sve "
-"svoje aplikacije. Pregled možete otvoriti i pritiskom na <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>
tipku."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
-msgid ""
-"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at "
-"the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key "
-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Aplikacije možete pokrenuti iz izbornika <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aplikacija</gui> gore "
-"lijevo na zaslonu, ili možete koristiti <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled pritiskom na <key
xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key> tipku."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
-msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr "Postoji nekoliko načina otvaranja aplikacija iz <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda:"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
-msgid ""
-"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If this doesn’t happen, click the "
-"search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, "
-"try to type an related term. Click the application’s icon to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Započnite upisivati naziv aplikacije — pretraživanje započinje trenutačno. (Ako se to ne dogodi, kliknite u
"
-"traku pretrage na vrhu zaslona i započnite upisivanje.) Ako ne znate točan naziv aplikacije, pokušajte "
-"upisati što sličniji naziv. Kliknite na ikonu aplikacije kako bi ju pokrenuli."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of "
-#| "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the horizontal strip of icons at the bottom of the "
-"<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
-msgstr ""
-"Određene aplikacije imaju ikone u <em>pokretaču</em>, okomita traka na lijevoj strani <gui>Aktivnosti</gui>
"
-"pregleda. Kliknite na željenu ikonu kako bi pokrenuli aplikaciju."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them
"
-"to the dash</link> yourself."
-msgstr ""
-"Ako imate aplikacije koje često koristite, možete ih <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">dodati u
pokretač</"
-"link>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the "
-#| "<gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the "
-#| "<gui style=\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the "
-#| "application to start it."
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash. You will see the first page of all installed "
-"applications. To see more applications, press the dots at the bottom, above the dash, to view other "
-"applications. Press on the application to start it."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliknite na tipku mreže na dnu pokretača. Vidjet ćete najčešće korištene aplikacije ako je omogućen <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Najčešće</gui> pogled. Ako želite pokrenuti novu aplikaciju, pritisnite tipku <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Sve</gui> na dnu kako bi vidjeli sve aplikacije. Kliknite na željenu ikonu za pokretanje "
-"aplikacije."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:77
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging
"
-#| "its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen.
"
-#| "The application will open in the chosen workspace."
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging "
-"its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces. The application will open in the chosen
"
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Možete pokrenuti aplikaciju u zasebnom <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">radnom prostoru</link> dovlačenjem "
-"ikone aplikacije iz pokretača i ispuštanjem u jedan od radnih prostora na lijevoj strani zaslona. "
-"Aplikacija će se otvoriti u odabranom radnom prostoru."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:81
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its icon to the empty workspace at
"
-#| "the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to the small gap between two workspaces."
-msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its icon to an empty workspace, or to
"
-"the small gap between two workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"Možete pokrenuti aplikaciju u <em>novom</em> radnom prostoru povlačenjem ikone aplikacije na prazni radni "
-"prostor na dnu izmjenjivača radnih prostora, ili na mali prostor između dva radna prostora."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:92
-msgid "Quickly running a command"
-msgstr "Brzo pokretanje naredbi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its
"
-"<em>command name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-"Još jedan način pokretanja aplikacija je da pritisnete <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> tipke, "
-"upišete <em>naziv u naredbeni redak</em>, i pritisnete <key>Enter</key> tipku."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:96
-msgid ""
-"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
-"‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the "
-"program."
-msgstr ""
-"Na primjer, kako bi pokrenuli <app>Rhythmbox</app>, pritisnite <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>
"
-"i upišite ‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (bez navodnika). Naziv aplikacije je naredba za pokretanje programa."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:100 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
-msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands."
-msgstr "Koristite tipke strelica za brži pristup prijašnjim naredbama."
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:28
-msgid "Alexandre Franke"
-msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:36
-msgid "David Faour"
-msgstr "David Faour"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-exit.page:46
-msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
-msgstr "Naučite kako napustiti svoj korisnički račun, odjavom, zamjenom korisnika, itd."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:51
-msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
-msgstr "Odjava, isključivanje i zamjena korisnika"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:59
-msgid ""
-"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it "
-"powered on and log out."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada završite s korištenjem svojeg računala možete ga isključiti, suspendirati (kako bi uštedjeli energiju)
"
-"ili ga ostaviti uključenim i odjaviti se."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:63
-msgid "Log out or switch users"
-msgstr "Odjava ili zamjena korisnika"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:65
-msgid ""
-"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch "
-"users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where "
-"you left it when you log back in."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi dopustili drugim korisnicima korištenje računala, možete se ili odjaviti ili ostati prijavljeni i "
-"jednostavno zamijeniti korisnika. Ako zamijenite korisnika, sve vaše aplikacije će nastaviti s radom i sve "
-"će biti u istome stanju kada se prijavite ponovno."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:70
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
-#| "introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then "
-#| "choose the correct option."
-msgid ""
-"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log "
-"Out</gui>, and select the correct option."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi se <gui>Odjavili</gui> ili <gui>Zamijenili korisnika</gui>, kliknite na <link xref=\"shell-"
-"introduction#systemmenu\">izbornik sustava</link> na desnoj strani gornje trake, kliknite na svoje ime i "
-"zatim odaberite prikladnu mogućnost."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:75
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one
"
-"user account on your system."
-msgstr ""
-"Stavke <gui>Odjava</gui> i <gui>Zamjena korisnika</gui> pojavljuju se u izborniku samo ako imate više od "
-"jednog korisničkog računa na sustavu."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:80
-msgid ""
-"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"Stavka <gui>Zamijeni korisnika</gui> pojavljuju se u izborniku samo ako imate više od jednog korisničkog "
-"računa na sustavu."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:91
-msgid "Lock the screen"
-msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:93
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people "
-#| "from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-"
-#| "lockscreen\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your "
-#| "screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
-msgid ""
-"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from "
-"accessing your files or running applications. When you return, you will see the <link xref=\"shell-"
-"lockscreen\">lock screen</link>. Enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your screen, it will
"
-"lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
-msgstr ""
-"Ako napuštate svoje računalo samo nakratko, trebali biste zaključati svoj zaslon kako bi spriječili druge "
-"osobe u pristupu vašim datotekama i pokrenutim aplikacijama. Kada se vratite, podignite zastor <link "
-"xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">zaslona zaključavanja</link> i upišite svoju lozinku za ponovnu prijavu. Ako "
-"niste zaključali svoj zaslon, zaključati će se nakon određenog vremena."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:100
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen "
-#| "button at the bottom of the menu."
-msgid ""
-"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui> from
"
-"the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi zaključali svoj zaslon, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku "
-"zaključavanja zaslona na dnu izbornika."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:103
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as "
-#| "another user</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as another
"
-"user</gui> at the bottom right of the login screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada je vaš zaslon zaključan, drugi korisnici se mogu prijaviti u svoje račune klikom na <gui>Prijavi se "
-"kao drugi korisnik</gui> na zaslonu lozinke. Možete se vratiti natrag u svoju radnu površinu kada drugi "
-"korisnik prestane s radom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:114
-msgid "Suspend"
-msgstr "Suspenzija"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:116
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME, by default, "
-#| "suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s "
-#| "memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still used "
-#| "during suspend."
-msgid ""
-"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, the system, by "
-"default, suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your "
-"computer’s memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still "
-"used during suspend."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi štedjeli energiju, suspendirajte svoje računalo kada ga ne koristite. Ako koristite prijenosno "
-"računalo, GNOME po zadanome, automatski suspendira vaše računalo kada spustite poklopac zaslona. To sprema "
-"stanje vašeg računala u memoriju i isključuje većinu funkcija računala. Vrlo mala količina energije se "
-"koristi tijekom suspenzije."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:123
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar. From there "
-#| "you may either hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and click the power off button, or simply long-click the
"
-#| "power off button."
-msgid ""
-"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, expand "
-"<gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi suspendirali svoje računalo ručno, kliknite na izbornik sustava desno u gornjoj traci. Iz izbornika
"
-"možete ili držati pritisnutu <key>Alt</key> tipku i kliknuti na tipku isključivanja, ili jednostavno dulje "
-"kliknuti na tipku isključivanja."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:134
-msgid "Power off or restart"
-msgstr "Isključivanje ili ponovno pokretanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:136
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the "
-#| "right side of the top bar and press the power off button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open "
-#| "offering you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the right "
-"side of the top bar, expand <gui>Power Off / Log Out</gui>, and select either <gui>Restart…</gui> or "
-"<gui>Power Off…</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Ako želite u potpunosti isključiti svoje računalo ili ga ponovno pokrenuti, kliknite na izbornik sustava "
-"desno u gornjoj traci i pritisnite tipku isključivanja na dnu izbornika. Otvoriti će se dijalog koji vam "
-"nudi mogućnosti <gui>Ponovnog pokretanja</gui> ili <gui>Isključivanja</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:140
-msgid ""
-"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer because "
-"this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to "
-"power off."
-msgstr ""
-"Ako postoje drugi prijavljeni korisnici, možda vam neće biti dopušteno isključivanje ili ponovno pokretanje
"
-"računala zato jer bi se tada završile njihove prijave. Ako ste administrativni korisnik, možda ćete biti "
-"upitani za upis lozinke kako bi isključili računalo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:145
-msgid ""
-"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery "
-"is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less
"
-"energy</link> than one which is suspended."
-msgstr ""
-"Možda želite isključiti svoje računalo ako se želite premjestiti a nemate dovoljno energije u bateriji, ako
"
-"vaša baterija nema dovoljno energije i ne puni se ispravno. Isključeno računalo koristi <link xref=\"power-"
-"batterylife\">manje energije</link> nego kada je suspendirano."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:38
-msgid "A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "Vizualni pregled vaše radne površine, gornje trake i <gui> Aktivnosti</gui> pregleda."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
-msgid "Visual overview of GNOME"
-msgstr "Vizualni pregled GNOMA"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:44
-msgid ""
-"GNOME features a user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get "
-"things done. When you first log in, you will see the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME odlikuje korisničko sučelje dizajnirano da vas ne ometa i pomogne vam u obavljanju vašeg posla i "
-"zadataka. Kada se prvi puta prijavite, vidjet ćete <gui>Aktivnosti</gui>pregled i gornju traku."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:50
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='87368e1c18e714239ffa07967f371124'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:51 C/shell-introduction.page:56
-msgid "GNOME Shell top bar"
-msgstr "Gornja traka GNOME ljuske"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:55
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:61
-msgid ""
-"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and <link "
-"xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the
"
-"top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection details, "
-"check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Gornja traka omogućuje pristup vašim prozorima i aplikacijama, vašim kalendarima i sastancima, <link "
-"xref=\"status-icons\">postavkama sustava</link> poput zvuka, umrežavanja i upravljanja energijom. U "
-"izborniku stanja na gornjoj traci, možete promijeniti glasnoću zvuka ili svjetlinu zaslona, urediti "
-"pojedinosti svoje <gui>bežične</gui> mreže, provjeriti stanje energije baterije, odjaviti se ili zamijeniti
"
-"korisnika i isključiti svoje računalo."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:73
-msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
-msgstr "<gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:75
-msgid ""
-"When you start GNOME, you automatically enter the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The overview allows you "
-"to access your windows and applications. In the overview, you can also just start typing to search your "
-"applications, files, folders, and the web."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada pokrenete GNOME, automatski uđete u <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled. Pregled vam omogućuje pristup vašim
"
-"prozorima i aplikacijama. U pregledu možete započeti upisivanjem pretragu vaših aplikacija, datoteka, mapa "
-"i weba."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:80
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your mouse
"
-#| "pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
-#| "key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start
"
-#| "typing to search your applications, files, folders, and the web."
-msgid ""
-"To access the overview at any time, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your mouse pointer
"
-"to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key on your
"
-"keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi pristupili svojim prozorima i aplikacijama, kliknite <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> tipku, ili jednostavno "
-"pomaknite svoj pokazivač miša u gornji lijevi kut. Isto tako možete pritisnuti <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key> tipku na vašoj tipkovnici. Možete vidjeti pregled svojih prozora i aplikacija. "
-"Jednostavno možete započeti upisivanjem pretragu vaših aplikacija, datoteka, mapa i weba."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:85
-msgid ""
-"To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window "
-"list. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see an overview with live "
-"thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Kako bi pristupili svojim prozorima i aplikacijama, kliknite na tipku u dnu lijeve strane zaslona u prikazu
"
-"prozora. Isto tako možete pritisnuti <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> tipku kako bi vidjeli "
-"pregled minijatura svih prozora na trenutnom radnom prostoru."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and "
-#| "running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already
"
-#| "running, it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used
"
-#| "window. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right."
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and "
-"running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already "
-"running, it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used "
-"window. You can also drag the icon onto a workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Lijevo od pregleda, nalazi se <em>pokretač</em>. Pokretač vam pokazuje vaše omiljene i pokrenute "
-"aplikacije. Kliknite na jednu ikonu u pokretaču za otvaranje odabrane aplikacije; ako je aplikacija već "
-"pokrenuta, imati će malu točku ispod ikone. Klik na ikonu će uzdignuti najkorišteniji prozor. Možete "
-"povlačiti ikonu po pregledu ili na bilo koji radni prostor s desne strane."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:99
-msgid ""
-"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to "
-"open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window."
-msgstr ""
-"Desni klik na ikonu prikazuje izbornik koji vam omogućuje odabir bilo kojeg otvorenog prozora pokrenute "
-"aplikacije ili otvaranje novog prozora. Možete kliknuti na ikonu dok držite pritisnutu tipku <key>Ctrl</"
-"key> za otvaranje novog prozora."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:103
-msgid ""
-"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails "
-"of all the windows on the current workspace."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada pokrenete pregled, početno ćete biti u pregledu prozora. U njemu su prikazane žive minijature svih "
-"prozora na trenutnom radnom prostoru."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:107
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all
"
-#| "the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to "
-#| "the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a "
-#| "favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they’re not running, so you can access "
-#| "them quickly."
-msgid ""
-"Click the grid button (which has nine dots) in the dash to display the applications overview. This shows "
-"you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an "
-"application to the onto a workspace shown above the installed applications. You can also drag an "
-"application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when "
-"they’re not running, so you can access them quickly."
-msgstr ""
-"Klikom na tipku mreže u dnu pokretača prikazat će se pregled aplikacija. Tu su prikazane sve aplikacije "
-"instalirane na vašem računalu. Kliknite na odabranu aplikaciju kako bi ju pokrenuli ili povucite aplikaciju
"
-"na pregled ili na minijaturu radnog prostora. Možete povući aplikaciju na pokretač kako bi ju dodali u "
-"omiljene. Vaše omiljene aplikacije ostaju u pokretaču čak i kada nisu pokrenute tako da im možete brže "
-"pristupiti."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:116
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Saznajte više o pokretanju aplikacija.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:120
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Saznajte više o prozorima i radnim prostorima.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:128
-msgid "Application menu"
-msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:132
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' md5='8d20ec22b97157a51eb0ec6f9bdbf77a'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:133 C/shell-introduction.page:144
-msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
-msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije <app>Terminal</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the name of the active application
"
-"alongside with its icon and provides quick access to windows and details of the application, as well as a "
-"quit item."
-msgstr ""
-"Izbornik aplikacije, smješten pokraj <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> tipke, prikazuje naziv aktivne aplikacije uz "
-"njenu ikonu i omogućuje brz pristup prozorima i pojedinostima aplikacije, kao i mogućnost njihova "
-"zatvaranja."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:143
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' md5='53555374277a4c6c76464834ac946bef'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:146
-msgid ""
-"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name "
-"of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or "
-"help. The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the application."
-msgstr ""
-"Izbornik aplikacije, smješten pokraj <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> i <gui>Prečaci</gui> izbornika, prikazuje naziv "
-"aktivne aplikacije uz njenu ikonu i omogućuje brz pristup osobitostima ili priručniku aplikacije. Stavke "
-"dostupne u izborniku aplikacije mogu se razlikovati ovisno o aplikaciji."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:157
-msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"
-msgstr "Sat, kalendar i sastanci"
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:162
-msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
-msgstr "Sat, kalendar i sastanci i obavijesti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
-msgid ""
-"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, a list of your upcoming "
-"appointments and new notifications. You can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full calendar "
-"application directly from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliknite na sat u gornjoj traci kako bi vidjeli trenutni datum, mjesečni kalendar i popis vaših zakazanih "
-"sastanaka i novih obavijesti. Kalendar možete otvoriti pritiskom <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
-"keyseq> tipke. Možete pristupiti postavkama datume i vremena, otvoriti svoju aplikaciju kalendara izravno "
-"iz izbornika."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
-msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Saznajte više o kalendaru i sastancima.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:185
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the notification list.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Saznajte više o obavijestima i popisu obavijesti.</link>\\"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:194
-msgid "System menu"
-msgstr "Izbornik sustava"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:198
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='a3171c814105408ba7757112562eac3f'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:199 C/shell-introduction.page:204
-msgid "User menu"
-msgstr "Korisnički izbornik"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:203
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='a2396094dc29eec1109c2ab42ae549bc'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:209
-msgid "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Kliknite na izbornik sustava gore desno u kutu kako bi upravljali vašim postavkama sustava i računalom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:220
-msgid ""
-"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can also "
-"quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you "
-"can suspend or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports vertical or "
-"horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the system menu. If your screen does not "
-"support rotation, you will not see the button."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada napuštate vaše računalo, možete zaključati svoj zaslon kako bi spriječili druge osobe da ga koriste. "
-"Možete i brzo zamijeniti korisnika bez potpunog odjavljivanja kako bi nekom drugom omogućili pristup "
-"računalu ili suspendirati i isključiti računalo iz izbornika. Ako imate računalo koje podržava okomito i "
-"vodoravno zakretanje, možete brzo zakretati zaslon iz izbornika sustava. Ako vaš zaslon ne podržava "
-"zakretanje, nećete vidjeti tipku zakretanja."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:230
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.</"
-"link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Saznajte više o zamijeni korisnika, odjavljivanju i isključivanju vašeg računala."
-"</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:237
-msgid "Lock Screen"
-msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:239
-msgid ""
-"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to "
-"protecting your desktop while you’re away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. "
-"It also shows information about your battery and network status."
-msgstr ""
-"Kada zaključate svoj zaslon ili se automatski zaključa, prikazan je zaslon zaključavanja. Kao dodatak "
-"zaštiti vaše radne površine kada niste prisutni u blizini računala, zaslon zaključavanja prikazuje datum i "
-"vrijeme. Prikazuje i informacije o vašoj energiji baterije i stanju mreža."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:246
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Saznajte više o zaključavanju zaslona.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:254 C/shell-introduction.page:270
-msgid "Window List"
-msgstr "Popis prozora"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:258
-msgid ""
-"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in "
-"other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions."
-msgstr ""
-"GNOME odlikuje drugačiji pristup prebacivanju prozora od stalno vidljivog popisa prozora u drugim radnim "
-"okruženjima. To vam omogućuje da se usredotočite na vaš zadatak bez ometanja."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:263
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Saznajte više o prebacivanju prozora.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:269
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:275
-msgid ""
-"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four workspaces. To switch to a different "
-"workspace, select the workspace you want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
-msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37
-msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39
-msgid ""
-"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications "
-"more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> "
-"for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45
-msgid "Getting around the desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
-msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly "
-"search your applications, contacts, and documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
-msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> "
-"for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after "
-"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70
-msgid ""
-"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all
"
-"other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78
-msgid "Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
-msgid ""
-"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between "
-"the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94
-msgid "Show the list of applications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
-msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Show the Power Off dialog</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136
-msgid ""
-"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification list</link>. Press "
-"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> to close."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
-msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146
-msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150
-msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154
-msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:158
-msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162
-msgid "Undo the last action."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167
-msgid "Capturing from the screen"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169
-msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170
-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174
-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer
"
-"changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184
-msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:185
-msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast recording.</link>"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Pokretanje i zaustavljanje snimanja zaslona.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21
-msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
-msgid "The lock screen"
-msgstr "Zaključavanje zaslona"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
-msgid ""
-"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you "
-"to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen provides useful "
-"information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34
-msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35
-msgid "battery and network status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To unlock your computer, click once with your mouse or touchpad, or press <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</"
-"key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. Alternatively, just "
-"start typing your password and the login screen will be automatically shown as you type. You can also "
-"switch users at the bottom right of the login screen if your system is configured for more than one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:49
-msgid ""
-"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-notifications#lock-screen-"
-"notifications\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:14
-msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:33
-msgid "Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
-msgid "Notifications and the notification list"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
-msgid "What is a notification?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:41
-msgid ""
-"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the "
-"top of the screen, or on your lock screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:44
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a notification informing you. Chat "
-"notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the "
-"chat messages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting "
-"one of its options, click the close button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat "
-"application, will stay hidden in the notification list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:64
-msgid "The notification list"
-msgstr "Popis obavijesti"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:66
-msgid ""
-"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It "
-"appears when you click on the clock, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</"
-"key></keyseq>. The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that "
-"permanently reside in it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:73
-msgid ""
-"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the notification list by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:77
-msgid "Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:84
-msgid "Hiding notifications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:86
-msgid "If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:89
-msgid ""
-"You can hide all notifications by opening the notification list and switching <gui>Do Not Disturb</gui> to "
-"on at the bottom. Alternatively:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:101 C/shell-notifications.page:137
-msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Obavijesti</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:104
-msgid "Switch <gui>Do Not Disturb</gui> to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:108
-msgid ""
-"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the screen. Notifications will still be
"
-"available in the notification list when you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing "
-"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch the "
-"switch back to on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:115
-msgid ""
-"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications from the <gui>Notifications</"
-"gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:122
-msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:124
-msgid ""
-"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can configure the lock screen to "
-"hide these notifications for privacy reasons."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:128
-msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:139
-msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:9
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Desktop"
-msgstr "Radna površina"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-overview.page:26
-msgid "Work with apps, windows, and workspaces. See your appointments and things that matter in the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:31
-msgid "Your desktop"
-msgstr "Vaša radna površina"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:36
-msgid "Customize your desktop"
-msgstr "Prilagodite svoju radnu površinu"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-overview.page:40
-msgid "Applications and windows"
-msgstr "Aplikacije i prozori"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24
-msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
-msgstr "Provjerite <gui>Aktivnosti</gui> pregled ili druge radne prostore."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:27
-msgid "Find a lost window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29
-msgid ""
-"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <gui "
-"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:35
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the "
-"thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:42
-msgid ""
-"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</link> to try to find "
-"your window, or"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:47
-msgid ""
-"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list "
-"to switch to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:58
-msgid "Using the window switcher:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the <link "
-"xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and
"
-"press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq>
"
-"to cycle backwards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:70
-msgid ""
-"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key "
-"above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
-msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
-msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it
"
-"to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, "
-"so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the "
-"titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
-"key> key and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
-msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is "
-"fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard "
-"shortcuts you used to maximize the window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
-msgid "Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
-msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
-msgid "Move and resize windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
-msgid ""
-"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you
"
-"might expect, the system features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and drag "
-"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the "
-"screen and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
-msgid ""
-"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while resizing to
"
-"snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
-msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move
"
-"a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, "
-"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the screen. "
-"Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-"
-"windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
-msgid "Switch between windows"
-msgstr "Prebacivanje između prozora"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
-msgid ""
-"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user interface in the <em>window switcher</"
-"em>. This makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which "
-"applications are running."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42
-msgid "From a workspace:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
-"<gui>window switcher</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the "
-"switcher."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to
"
-"cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle "
-"backwards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62
-msgid ""
-"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66
-msgid ""
-"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows "
-"pop down as you click through. Hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</"
-"key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72
-msgid ""
-"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or <key>←</"
-"key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76
-msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
-msgid ""
-"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to
"
-"it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
-"workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
-"workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
-msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23
-msgid "Tile windows"
-msgstr "Poravnanje prozora"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25
-msgid ""
-"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows "
-"side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29
-msgid ""
-"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side "
-"until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34
-msgid ""
-"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same "
-"keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:18 C/shell-windows.page:61
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Windows"
-msgstr "Prozori"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows.page:19
-msgid "Move and organize your windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:22
-msgid "Windows and workspaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Like other desktops, the system uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui "
-"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new "
-"applications and control active windows."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:29
-msgid ""
-"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics
"
-"below to better learn how to use these features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:63
-msgid "Working with windows"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:68
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Workspaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:70
-msgid "Working with workspaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31
-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
-msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31
-msgid "Using the mouse:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42
-msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45
-msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48
-msgid ""
-"Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the <em>workspace selector</em> at the right-hand side of the
"
-"window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33
-msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
-msgid "Click and drag the window to the workspace partially displayed on the side of the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:66
-msgid ""
-"If more than one workspace is already in use, you can also drop the window onto one of the non-adjacent "
-"workspaces in the <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> between the search field and the "
-"window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at "
-"the end of the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:77 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:53
-msgid "Using the keyboard:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:79
-msgid ""
-"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:84
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace
"
-"left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:87
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
-"workspace right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:90
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
-"workspace which is left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move the window to a "
-"workspace which is right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25
-msgid "Use the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
-msgid "Switch between workspaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
-msgid "At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to activate the workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39
-msgid ""
-"Click on the workspace partially displayed on the right-hand side of the current workspace to view the open
"
-"windows on the next workspace. If the currently selected workspace is not the leftmost, click the workspace
"
-"partially displayed on the left-hand side to view the previous workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:43
-msgid ""
-"If more than one workspace is being used, then you can also click on the <link xref=\"shell-"
-"workspaces\">workspace selector</link> between the search field and the window list to directly access "
-"another workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48
-msgid "Click on the workspace to activate the workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> or
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown left of the current workspace in "
-"the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown left of "
-"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown right of the current workspace in the workspace
"
-"selector."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:68
-msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown right of "
-"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
-msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29
-msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act "
-"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act "
-"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, "
-"such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different "
-"workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46
-msgid "Using workspaces:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing "
-#| "<gui>Search</gui>."
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, you can horizontally navigate
"
-"between the workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-"Otvorite <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Aktivnosti</gui> pregled i započnite upisivati "
-"<gui>Pretraga</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or press the <key
xref=\"keyboard-key-"
-"super\">Super</key> key to open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If more than one workspace is already in use, the <em>workspace selector</em> is shown between the search "
-"field and the window list. It will display currently used workspaces plus an empty workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:62
-msgid "In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace selector."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:66
-msgid ""
-"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the "
-"workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will
"
-"appear next to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace in the workspace selector. This "
-"workspace now contains the window you have dropped."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:75
-msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:80
-msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:83
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' md5='b82b93733ba3b043c4e8f506ad9293ed'"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:84
-msgid "Workspace selector"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-alert.page:27
-msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-alert.page:31
-msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose "
-"different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable "
-"alert sounds entirely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:40 C/sound-nosound.page:48 C/sound-nosound.page:90 C/sound-usemic.page:52
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:57 C/sound-volume.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Sound</"
-"gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:44 C/sound-nosound.page:52 C/sound-nosound.page:94 C/sound-usemic.page:56
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:61 C/sound-volume.page:69
-msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:47
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so "
-"you can hear how it sounds."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:52
-msgid ""
-"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui> in the <gui>Volume Levels</gui> section to set the "
-"volume of the alert sound. Click the speaker button at the end of the slider to mute or unmute the alert "
-"sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-broken.page:20
-msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-broken.page:24
-msgid "Sound problems"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-broken.page:31
-msgid ""
-"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best "
-"describes the problem you are experiencing?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:19
-msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
-msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:24
-msgid ""
-"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the "
-"audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
-msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:31
-msgid ""
-"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a "
-"buzzing sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
-msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another "
-"audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is,
"
-"you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
-msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have very good drivers. This problem is
"
-"more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus "
-"the search term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:49
-msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is
detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:26
-msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, go through the "
-"following troubleshooting tips."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
-msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and make sure that the sound is not "
-"muted or turned down."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the
"
-"sound."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:40
-msgid ""
-"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (for "
-"example, your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main "
-"window, so check that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:45
-msgid "Also, you can check the volume slider in the <gui>Sound</gui> panel:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:55
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted. The button at the end of the "
-"volume slider toggles <gui>Mute</gui> on and off."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:64
-msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
-msgid ""
-"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up.
"
-"Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This "
-"socket is usually light green in color."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:70
-msgid ""
-"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the speakers) and the socket for "
-"input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or "
-"Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:76
-msgid ""
-"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some "
-"speakers have more than one input, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:81
-msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and "
-"some are not, so you should check that you have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some "
-"trial-and-error to choose the right one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:97
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Output</gui>, select an <gui>Output Device</gui> and click the <gui>Test</gui> button to see if "
-"it works."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:100
-msgid "You might need to try each available device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:108
-msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:110
-msgid ""
-"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the drivers for the card are not "
-"installed. You may need to install the drivers for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type "
-"of the card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
-msgid "Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card you have:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:118
-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> with <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>; either type "
-"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
-"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:128
-msgid ""
-"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in such case you should see the "
-"make and model number of the sound card. Also, <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed "
-"information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:134
-msgid ""
-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask on support forums (or "
-"otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:138
-msgid ""
-"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound "
-"cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:26
-msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
-msgid "Use a different microphone"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:32
-msgid ""
-"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making "
-"voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone "
-"or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate audio socket on your computer. "
-"Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red
"
-"in color or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the appropriate socket "
-"are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
-msgid ""
-"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate "
-"audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:50
-msgid "Select a default audio input device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
-msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Input</gui> section, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should "
-"respond when you speak."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:64
-msgid "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:27
-msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31
-msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33
-msgid ""
-"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a "
-"circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or a USB."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:37
-msgid ""
-"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most "
-"computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in
"
-"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket are "
-"usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
-msgid ""
-"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which
"
-"are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in "
-"the sound settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49
-msgid ""
-"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into "
-"any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use
"
-"by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:55
-msgid "Select a default audio output device"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
-msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> section, select the device that you want to use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test</gui> button to check that all speakers are working and are connected to
"
-"the correct socket."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-volume.page:26
-msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:30
-msgid "Change the sound volume"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:32
-msgid ""
-"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the
"
-"right side of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by "
-"dragging the slider to the left."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:38
-msgid ""
-"If you hover over the volume icon in the top bar or the slider in the system menu, the volume can be "
-"controlled by scrolling the mouse wheel or touchpad."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:43
-msgid ""
-"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with "
-"waves coming out of them. They are often near the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are "
-"usually on the “F” keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:48
-msgid ""
-"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the speakers’ volume control. Some "
-"headphones have a volume control too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:53
-msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:55
-msgid ""
-"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if "
-"you are listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the "
-"web browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:60
-msgid ""
-"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has its volume control, "
-"use that to change the volume. If not:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:72
-msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, use the volume slider for each application to set its volume. Click the "
-"speaker button at the end of the slider to mute or unmute the application."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is playing sounds but is not "
-"listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In such a case, you "
-"cannot change its volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/status-icons.page:48
-msgid "Monica Kochofar"
-msgstr "Monica Kochofar"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/status-icons.page:60
-msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:63
-msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:65
-msgid ""
-"This page explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More specifically, "
-"the different variations of the icons provided by the system are described."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:71
-msgid "Accessibility icons"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:83
-msgid "Allows you to quickly toggle various accessibility settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:94
-msgid "Indicates the type of click that will happen when using Hover Click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:99
-msgid "Learn more about accessibility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:100
-msgid "Learn more about Hover Click."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:106
-msgid "Audio icons"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:118
-msgid "Indicates the volume of the speakers or headphones."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:129
-msgid "The speakers or headphones are muted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:140
-msgid "Indicates the sensitivity of the microphone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:151
-msgid "The microphone is muted."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:156
-msgid "Learn more about sound volume."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:162
-msgid "Battery icons"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:174
-msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is charging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:185
-msgid "The battery is fully charged and charging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:196
-msgid "Indicates the battery level while the battery is not charging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:207
-msgid "The battery is fully charged and not charging."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:218
-msgid "Power icon displayed on systems without a battery."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:223
-msgid "Learn more about battery status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:229
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Bluetooth"
-msgid "Bluetooth icons"
-msgstr "Bluetooth"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:241
-msgid "Airplane mode is on. Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:252
-msgid ""
-"A Bluetooth device is paired and in use. This icon is only shown when there is an active device, not just "
-"whenever Bluetooth is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:259 C/status-icons.page:351 C/status-icons.page:417
-msgid "Learn more about airplane mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:260
-msgid "Learn more about Bluetooth."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:275
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network Manager Icons"
-msgid "Networking icons"
-msgstr "Ikone mrežnog upravitelja"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:278
-msgid "Wireless (Wi-Fi) connections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:288
-msgid "Airplane mode is on. Wireless networking is disabled when airplane mode is on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:299
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
-msgid "Connecting to a wireless network."
-msgstr "Povezano sa 3G mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:310
-msgid "Indicates the strength of a wireless network connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:321
-msgid "Connected to a wireless network, but there is no signal."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:332
+#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:3
msgid ""
-"Connected to a wireless network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such "
-"as when connecting to ad hoc networks."
+"GParted is a free partition editor for graphically managing your disk "
+"partitions."
msgstr ""
+"GParted je besplatan uređivač particija za grafičko upravljanje particijama "
+"diska."
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:344
+#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:4
msgid ""
-"Connected to a wireless network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a "
-"misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:352
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Wireless networking"
-msgid "Learn more about wireless networking."
-msgstr "Bežično umrežavanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:356
-msgid "Cellular networking (mobile broadband)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:366
-msgid "Airplane mode is on. Cellular networking is disabled when airplane mode is on."
+"With GParted you can resize, copy, label, and move partitions without data "
+"loss. These actions enable you to grow or shrink your C: drive, create space "
+"for new operating systems, or attempt data rescue from lost partitions."
msgstr ""
+"GParted može mijenjati veličinu i naziv particije, premještati particije bez "
+"gubitka podataka. Te radnje vam omogućuju povećavanje ili smanjivanje C: "
+"particije, stvaranje prostora za nove operativne sustave ili pokušaj "
+"spašavanja podataka iz izgubljenih particija."
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:377
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Connecting to a cellular network."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:388
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Indicates the strength of a cellular network connection."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:399
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Connected to a cellular network, but there is no signal."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:410
+#: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:5
msgid ""
-"Connected to a cellular network. This icon is only shown if the signal strength cannot be determined, such "
-"as when connecting over Bluetooth. If the signal strength can be determined, a signal strength icon is "
-"shown instead."
+"GParted works with many file systems including: btrfs, exfat, ext2, ext3, "
+"ext4, fat16, fat32, hfs, hfs+, linux-swap, lvm2 pv, minix, nilfs2, ntfs, "
+"reiserfs, reiser4, udf, ufs, and xfs."
msgstr ""
+"GParted radi s mnogim datotečnim sustavima, uključujući: btrfs, exfat, ext2, "
+"ext3, ext4, fat16, fat32, hfs, hfs+, linux-swap, lvm2 pv, minix, nilfs2, "
+"ntfs, reiserfs, reiser4, udf, ufs i xfs."
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:418
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Learn more about cellular networking."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:422
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Wired networking"
-msgid "Wired connections"
-msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:432
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a 3G network."
-msgid "Connecting to a wired connection."
-msgstr "Povezano sa 3G mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:443
-msgid "Connected to a wired network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:454
-msgid "Disconnected from the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:465
-msgid ""
-"Connected to a wired network, but there is no route to the internet. This could be due to a "
-"misconfiguration of your network, or it could be due to an outage with your internet service provider."
-msgstr ""
+#. ==== GUI =========================
+#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:88
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1643 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1871
+msgid "GParted"
+msgstr "GParted"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:472
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Wired networking"
-msgid "Learn more about wired networking."
-msgstr "Žično umrežavanje"
+#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:2
+msgid "Partition Editor"
+msgstr "Uređivač particija"
-#. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:476
-msgid "VPN (virtual private networking)"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:5
+msgid "Partition;"
+msgstr "Particija;"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:486
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Connecting to a virtual private network."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:497
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Connected to a cellular network."
-msgid "Connected to a virtual private network."
-msgstr "Povezano sa mobilnom mrežom."
-
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:502
-msgid "Learn more about virtual private networks."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../org.gnome.gparted.policy.in.in.h:1
+msgid "Run GParted as root"
+msgstr "Pokreni GParted kao korijenskog korisnika"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/status-icons.page:509
-msgid "Other icons"
+#: ../org.gnome.gparted.policy.in.in.h:2
+msgid "Authentication is required to run the GParted Partition Editor as root"
msgstr ""
+"Potrebna je ovjera za pokretanje GParted uređivača particija kao korijenskog "
+"korisnika"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:520
-msgid ""
-"Indicates the keyboard layout or input method currently in use. Click to select another layout. The "
-"keyboard layout menu is only shown if you have multiple input methods configured."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../include/Utils.h:57
+msgid "(New UUID - will be randomly generated)"
+msgstr "(Novi UUID - biti će naizmjenično generiran)"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:533
-msgid "An app is currently accessing your location. You can disable location access from the menu."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../include/Utils.h:58
+msgid "(Half new UUID - will be randomly generated)"
+msgstr "(Pola novog UUID-a - biti će naizmjenično generiran)"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:545
-msgid ""
-"Night light has changed the color temperature of the display to reduce eye strain. You can temporarily "
-"disable night light from the menu."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied
+#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:72 ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:177 ../src/ProgressBar.cc:106
+msgid "%1 of %2 copied"
+msgstr "%1 od %2 kopirano"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:558
-msgid "You are currently recording a screencast of your entire screen."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:217
+msgid "Operation Canceled"
+msgstr "Radnja prekinuta"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:569
-msgid "An app is currently sharing the screen or another window."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:229
+msgid "Error while writing block at sector %1"
+msgstr "Greška pri zapisivanju bloka na sektoru %1"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/status-icons.page:580
-msgid "Connecting to a Thunderbolt device, such as a dock."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/CopyBlocks.cc:234
+msgid "Error while reading block at sector %1"
+msgstr "Greška pri čitanju bloka na sektoru %1"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:585
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
-msgid "Learn more about keyboard layouts."
-msgstr "Korištenje alternativnih rasporeda tipkovnice"
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like LUKS Passphrase /dev/sda1
+#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:36
+msgid "LUKS Passphrase %1"
+msgstr "LUKS lozinka %1"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:586
-msgid "Learn more about privacy and location services."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:50
+msgid "Passphrase:"
+msgstr "Lozinka:"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:587
-msgid "Learn more about night light and color temperature."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/DialogPasswordEntry.cc:67
+msgid "Unlock"
+msgstr "Otključaj"
-#. (itstool) path: p/link
-#: C/status-icons.page:588
-msgid "Learn more about screenshots and screencasts."
-msgstr ""
+#. Add spinbutton_before
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:64
+msgid "Free space preceding (MiB):"
+msgstr "Prethodni slobodni prostor (MiB):"
+
+#. Add spinbutton_size
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:73
+msgid "New size (MiB):"
+msgstr "Nova veličina (MiB):"
+
+#. Add spinbutton_after
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:81
+msgid "Free space following (MiB):"
+msgstr "Slijedeći slobodni prostor (MiB):"
+
+#. Add alignment
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: used as label for a list of choices. Align to: <combo box with choices>
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:109
+msgid "Align to:"
+msgstr "Poravnaj na:"
+
+#. Fill partition alignment combo
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:113
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Cilindar"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:115
+msgid "MiB"
+msgstr "MiB"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Option for combo box "Align to:"
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:117
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Ništa"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:470
+msgid "Resize"
+msgstr "Promjeni veličinu"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:470 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:324
+msgid "Resize/Move"
+msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/Premjesti"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:488
+msgid "Minimum size: %1 MiB"
+msgstr "Najmanja veličina: %1 MB"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Base_Partition.cc:489
+msgid "Maximum size: %1 MiB"
+msgstr "Najveća veličina: %1 MiB"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Create partition table on /dev/hda
+#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:31
+msgid "Create partition table on %1"
+msgstr "Napravi particijsku tablicu na %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK /dev/hda
+#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:55
+msgid "WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK %1"
+msgstr "UPOZORENJE: Ovo će IZBRISATI SVE PODATKE na CIJELOM DISKU %1"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:61
+msgid "Select new partition table type:"
+msgstr "Odaberite novu vrstu particijske tablice:"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like Set file system label on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/Dialog_FileSystem_Label.cc:34
+msgid "Set file system label on %1"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava na %1"
+
+#. Only line: "Label: [EXISTINGLABEL ]"
+#. Label
+#: ../src/Dialog_FileSystem_Label.cc:43 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:270
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:162
+msgid "Label:"
+msgstr "Naziv:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Copy.cc:51
+msgid "Paste %1"
+msgstr "Zalijepi %1"
+
+#. Minimum 370 to avoid scrolling on Fedora 20
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Information about /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:47
+msgid "Information about %1"
+msgstr "Informacije o %1"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:86
+msgid "Warning:"
+msgstr "Upozorenje:"
+
+#. FILE SYSTEM DETAIL SECTION
+#. File system headline
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:252 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:457
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:55 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:47
+msgid "File System"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav"
+
+#. Left field & value pair area
+#. File system
+#. File systems to choose from
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:259 ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:152
+msgid "File system:"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav:"
+
+#. LUKS uuid
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:283 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:533
+msgid "UUID:"
+msgstr "UUID:"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Open
+#. * means that the LUKS encryption is open and the encrypted data within is accessible.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:296
+msgid "Open"
+msgstr "Otvori"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Closed
+#. * means that the LUKS encryption is closed and the encrypted data within is not accessible.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:300
+msgid "Closed"
+msgstr "Zatvoreno"
+
+#. LUKS status
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:307 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:539
+msgid "Status:"
+msgstr "Stanje:"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not accessible (Encrypted)
+#. * means that the data in encrypted and hasn't been made
+#. * accessible by opening it with the passphrase.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:316
+msgid "Not accessible (Encrypted)"
+msgstr "Nije pristupljivo (šifrirano)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Busy (At least one logical partition is mounted)
+#. * means that this extended partition contains at least one logical
+#. * partition that is mounted or otherwise active.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:326
+msgid "Busy (At least one logical partition is mounted)"
+msgstr "Zauzeto (najmanje je jedna logička particija montirana)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Active
+#. * means that this linux swap, linux software raid partition, or
+#. * LVM physical volume is enabled and being used by the operating system.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:337
+msgid "Active"
+msgstr "Aktivno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Mounted on /mnt/mymountpoint
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:351
+msgid "Mounted on %1"
+msgstr "Montirano na %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not busy (There are no mounted logical partitions)
+#. * means that this extended partition contains no mounted or otherwise
+#. * active partitions.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:361
+msgid "Not busy (There are no mounted logical partitions)"
+msgstr "Slobodno (nema montiranih logičkih particija)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not active
+#. * means that this linux swap or linux software raid partition
+#. * is not enabled and is not in use by the operating system.
+#.
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not active
+#. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but
+#. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:371 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:400
+msgid "Not active"
+msgstr "Neaktivno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not active (Not a member of any volume group)
+#. * means that the partition is not yet a member of an LVM volume
+#. * group and therefore is not active and can not yet be used by
+#. * the operating system.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:386
+msgid "Not active (Not a member of any volume group)"
+msgstr "Neaktivno (nije član nijedne grupe uređaja)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not active and exported
+#. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but
+#. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system.
+#. * The volume group has also been exported making the LVM physical volumes
+#. * ready for moving to a different computer system.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:394
+msgid "Not active and exported"
+msgstr "Nije aktivno i izvezeno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not mounted
+#. * means that this partition is not mounted.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:407
+msgid "Not mounted"
+msgstr "Nije montirano"
+
+#. Volume Group
+#. Single copy of each string for translation purposes
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:417 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3583
+msgid "Volume Group:"
+msgstr "Grupa uređaja:"
+
+#. Members
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:428 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3584
+msgid "Members:"
+msgstr "Članovi:"
+
+#. Logical Volumes
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:452
+msgid "Logical Volumes:"
+msgstr "Logički uređaji:"
+
+#. Used
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:471
+msgid "Used:"
+msgstr "Iskorišteno:"
+
+#. Unused
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:479
+msgid "Unused:"
+msgstr "Neiskorišteno:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:490
+msgid "Unallocated:"
+msgstr "Nedodjeljeno:"
+
+#. Size
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:500 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:598
+msgid "Size:"
+msgstr "Veličina:"
+
+#. ENCRYPTION DETAIL SECTION
+#. Encryption headline
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:515
+msgid "Encryption"
+msgstr "Šifrirano"
+
+#. Encryption
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:519
+msgid "Encryption:"
+msgstr "Šifriranje:"
+
+#. LUKS path
+#. Left field & value pair area
+#. Path
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:525 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:562
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:604
+msgid "Path:"
+msgstr "Putanja:"
+
+#. PARTITION DETAIL SECTION
+#. Partition headline
+#. append columns
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:554 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:451
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:45
+msgid "Partition"
+msgstr "Particija"
+
+#. Name
+#. Only line: "Name: [EXISTINGNAME ]"
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:570 ../src/Dialog_Partition_Name.cc:43
+msgid "Name:"
+msgstr "Naziv:"
+
+#. Flags
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:576
+msgid "Flags:"
+msgstr "Oznaka:"
+
+#. Right field & value pair area
+#. First sector
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:584
+msgid "First sector:"
+msgstr "Prvi sektor:"
+
+#. Last sector
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:590
+msgid "Last sector:"
+msgstr "Posljednji sektor:"
+
+#. Total sectors
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:596 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:431
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:644
+msgid "Total sectors:"
+msgstr "Ukupno sektora:"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialog title, looks like Set partition name on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Name.cc:34
+msgid "Set partition name on %1"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv particije na %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:39
+msgid "Create new Partition"
+msgstr "Stvori novu particiju"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: used as label for a list of choices. Create as: <combo box with choices>
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:104
+msgid "Create as:"
+msgstr "Stvori kao:"
+
+#. Fill partition type combo.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:108 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:58
+msgid "Primary Partition"
+msgstr "Primarna particija"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:109 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:61
+#: ../src/OperationDelete.cc:109
+msgid "Logical Partition"
+msgstr "Logička particija"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:110 ../src/OperationCreate.cc:64
+msgid "Extended Partition"
+msgstr "Proširena particija"
+
+#. Partition name
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:142
+msgid "Partition name:"
+msgstr "Naziv particije:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_New.cc:247
+msgid "New Partition #%1"
+msgstr "Nova particija %1"
+
+#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor calling set_data()
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:101
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:238
+msgid "Resize/Move %1"
+msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/Premjesti %1"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc:106
+msgid "Resize %1"
+msgstr "Promijeni veličinu %1"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:42
+msgid "Applying pending operations"
+msgstr "Primijeni neobavljene promjene"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:57
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the number and type of operations this might take a long time."
+msgstr "Ovisno o broju i vrsti promjena to može potrajati neko vrijeme."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:71
+msgid "Completed Operations:"
+msgstr "Završene promjene:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:114
+msgid "Details"
+msgstr "Pojedinosti"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:227
+msgid "%1 of %2 operations completed"
+msgstr "%1 od %2 promjena završeno"
+
+#. add save button
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:246
+msgid "_Save Details"
+msgstr "_Spremi pojedinosti"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:258
+msgid "Operation cancelled"
+msgstr "Promjena otkazana"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:272
+msgid "All operations successfully completed"
+msgstr "Sve promjene su uspješno završene"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:276
+msgid "%1 warning"
+msgid_plural "%1 warnings"
+msgstr[0] "%1 upozorenje"
+msgstr[1] "%1 upozorenja"
+msgstr[2] "%1 upozorenja"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:289
+msgid "An error occurred while applying the operations"
+msgstr "Došlo je do greške kod primjenjivanja promjena"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:294
+msgid "See the details for more information."
+msgstr "Pogledajte pojedinosti za više informacija."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:296
+msgid "IMPORTANT"
+msgstr "VAŽNO"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:297
+msgid "If you want support, you need to provide the saved details!"
+msgstr "Ako želite podršku, trebate osigurati spremljene pojedinosti!"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * See https://gparted.org/save-details.htm for more information.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:303
+msgid "See %1 for more information."
+msgstr "Pogledajte %1 za više informacija."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Force Cancel (5)
+#. * where the number represents a count down in seconds until the button is enabled
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:324 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:355
+msgid "Force Cancel (%1)"
+msgstr "Prisilno prekidanje (%1)"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:326 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:359
+msgid "Force Cancel"
+msgstr "Prisilno prekidanje"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:337
+msgid "Are you sure you want to cancel the current operation?"
+msgstr "Sigurno želite prekinuti trenutnu promjenu?"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:343
+msgid "Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage."
+msgstr ""
+"Prekidanje promjene može uzrokovati OZBILJNA oštećenja na datotečnom sustavu."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:345
+msgid "Continue Operation"
+msgstr "Nastavi promjenu"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:346
+msgid "Cancel Operation"
+msgstr "Prekini promjenu"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:367
+msgid "Save Details"
+msgstr "Spremi pojedinosti"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:386
+msgid "GParted Details"
+msgstr "GParted pojedinosti"
+
+#. Device overview information
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:427
+msgid "Device:"
+msgstr "Uređaj:"
+
+#. Model
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:428 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:586
+msgid "Model:"
+msgstr "Model:"
+
+#. Serial number
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:429 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:592
+msgid "Serial:"
+msgstr "Serijski broj:"
+
+#. Sector size
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:430 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:650
+msgid "Sector size:"
+msgstr "Veličina sektora:"
+
+#. Heads
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:435 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:626
+msgid "Heads:"
+msgstr "Glava:"
+
+#. Sectors / track
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:436 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:632
+msgid "Sectors/track:"
+msgstr "Sektori/staze:"
+
+#. Cylinders
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:437 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:638
+msgid "Cylinders:"
+msgstr "Cilindri:"
+
+#. Partition table type
+#. Disktype
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:442 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:620
+msgid "Partition table:"
+msgstr "Particijska tablica:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:452
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Vrsta"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, emoji, and "
-"dingbats."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:453
+msgid "Start"
+msgstr "Početak"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37
-msgid "Enter special characters"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:454
+msgid "End"
+msgstr "Završetak"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39
-msgid ""
-"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s writing systems, even those not "
-"found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:455 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:53
+msgid "Flags"
+msgstr "Oznake"
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44
-msgid "Methods to enter characters"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:456
+msgid "Partition Name"
+msgstr "Naziv particije"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48
-msgid "Characters"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:458 ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:68
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:49
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Naziv"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49
-msgid ""
-"The character map application allows you to find and insert unusual characters, including emoji, by "
-"browsing character categories or searching for keywords."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:459 ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:48
+msgid "Mount Point"
+msgstr "Točka montiranja"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: EXECUTING
+#. * means that the status for this operation is
+#. * executing or currently in progress.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:525
+msgid "EXECUTING"
+msgstr "IZVRŠAVANJE"
+
+#. TO" TRANSLATORS: SUCCESS
+#. * means that the status for this operation is
+#. * completed successfully.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:533
+msgid "SUCCESS"
+msgstr "USPJEŠNO"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: ERROR
+#. * means that the status for this operation is
+#. * completed with errors.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:541
+msgid "ERROR"
+msgstr "GREŠKA"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: INFO
+#. * means that the status for this operation is
+#. * for your information , or messages from the
+#. * libparted library.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:550
+msgid "INFO"
+msgstr "INFORMACIJE"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: WARNING
+#. * means that the status for this operation is
+#. * completed with warnings. Either the operation
+#. * is not supported on the file system in the
+#. * partition, or the operation failed but it does
+#. * not matter that it failed.
+#.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:561
+msgid "WARNING"
+msgstr "UPOZORENJE"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:40
+msgid "File System Support"
+msgstr "Podrška datotečnog sustava"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:56
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Stvori"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:57
+msgid "Grow"
+msgstr "Povećaj"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:61
+msgid "Shrink"
+msgstr "Smanji"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:65
+msgid "Move"
+msgstr "Premjesti"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:66
+msgid "Copy"
+msgstr "Kopiraj"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:67
+msgid "Check"
+msgstr "Provjeri"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:72
+msgid "UUID"
+msgstr "UUID"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:73
+msgid "Required Software"
+msgstr "Potreban softver"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:91
+msgid "This chart shows the actions supported on file systems."
+msgstr "Ovaj graf prikazuje promjene podržane na datotečnim sustavima."
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:93
+msgid ""
+"Not all actions are available on all file systems, in part due to the nature "
+"of file systems and limitations in the required software."
+msgstr ""
+"Sve promjene nisu podržane na svim datotečnim sustavima. Djelomično zbog "
+"ograničenja datotečnih sustava, a dijelom zbog ograničenja softvera."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Available offline and online
+#. * means that this action is valid for this file system when
+#. * it is both unmounted and mounted.
+#.
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:112
+msgid "Available offline and online"
+msgstr "Dostupno mrežno i izvanmrežno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Available online only
+#. * means that this action is valid for this file system only
+#. * when it is mounted.
+#.
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:125
+msgid "Available online only"
+msgstr "Dostupno je samo izvanmrežno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Available offline only
+#. * means that this action is valid for this file system only
+#. * when it is unmounted.
+#.
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:138
+msgid "Available offline only"
+msgstr "Dostupno je samo izvanmrežno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Not Available
+#. * means that this action is not valid for this file system.
+#.
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:150
+msgid "Not Available"
+msgstr "Nedostupno"
+
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:155
+msgid "Legend"
+msgstr "Kazalo"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is a button that will search for the software tools installed and then refresh the
screen with the file system actions supported.
+#: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:163
+msgid "Rescan For Supported Actions"
+msgstr "Ponovno provjeri podržane promjene"
+
+#: ../src/DialogManageFlags.cc:32 ../src/DialogManageFlags.cc:36
+msgid "Manage flags on %1"
+msgstr "Upravljanje oznakama na %1"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:39
+msgid "Search disk for file systems"
+msgstr "Pretraži disk za datotečne sustave"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53
-msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like File systems found on /dev/sdb
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:56
+msgid "File systems found on %1"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav nije pronađen na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
-msgid "Emoji"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:61
+msgid "Data found"
+msgstr "Podaci pronađeni"
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60
-msgid "Insert emoji"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:65
+msgid "Data found with inconsistencies"
+msgstr "Podatak pronađen s nedosljednostima"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>;</key></keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:67
+msgid "WARNING!: The file systems marked with (!) are inconsistent."
+msgstr "UPOZORENJE!: Datotečni sustavi označeni s (!) su nedosljedni."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65
-msgid "Browse the categories at the bottom of the dialog or start typing a description in the search field."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:69
+msgid "You might encounter errors trying to view these file systems."
+msgstr "Mogli biste naići na greške prilikom pregleda ovih datotečnih sustava."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69
-msgid "Select an emoji to insert."
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:84
+msgid "The 'View' buttons create read-only views of each file system."
msgstr ""
+"'Prikaz' tipke stvaraju prikaz u načinu čitanja za svaki datotečni sustav."
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
-msgid "Compose key"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:86
+msgid "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog."
+msgstr "Svi montirani prikazi bit će odmontirani kada zatvorite ovaj dijalog."
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76
-msgid ""
-"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. "
-"For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> "
-"then <key>e</key>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:109
+msgid "File systems"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustavi"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1: ntfs (10240 MiB)
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:131
+msgid "#%1: %2 (%3 MiB)"
+msgstr "#%1: %2 (%3 MiB)"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:139
+msgid "View"
+msgstr "Prikaz"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:169
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while creating a temporary directory for use as a mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+"Dogodila se greška pri stvaranju privremenog direktorija koji se koristi kao "
+"točka montiranja."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:171
+msgid "Error"
+msgstr "Greška"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:177
+msgid "Failed creating temporary directory"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo stvaranje privremenog direktorija"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:195
+msgid "An error occurred while creating the read-only view."
+msgstr "Greška je nastala prilikom stvaranja prikaza čitanja."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:197
+msgid ""
+"Either the file system can not be mounted (like swap), or there are "
+"inconsistencies or errors in the file system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ili se datotečni sustav ne može montirati (poput swapa), ili postoje "
+"nedosljednosti ili greške datotečnog sustava."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:201
+msgid "Failed creating read-only view"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo stvaranje prikaza čitanja"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:226
+msgid "Error:"
+msgstr "Greška:"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * The file system is mounted on:
+#. * /tmp/gparted-roview-Nlhb3R.
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:234
+msgid "The file system is mounted on:"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav je montiran na:"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:239
+msgid "Unable to open the default file manager"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje zadanog upravitelja datoteka"
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:258
msgid ""
-"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your "
-"keyboard as a compose key."
+"Warning: The detected file system area overlaps with at least one existing "
+"partition"
msgstr ""
+"Upozorenje: Otkriveni prostor datotečnog sustava se preklapa s bar jednom "
+"postojećom particijom"
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84
-msgid "Define a compose key"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96
-msgid "In the <gui>Type Special Characters</gui> section, click <gui>Compose Key</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99
-msgid "Turn the switch on for the <gui>Compose Key</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:102
-msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110
-msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:114
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:260
msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as
"
-"<em>é</em>."
+"It is recommended that you do not use any overlapping file systems to avoid "
+"disturbing existing data."
+msgstr ""
+"Preporučljivo je da ne koristite bilo kakvo preklapanje datotečnog sustava "
+"kako bi izbjegli gubitak postojećih podataka."
+
+#: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:262
+msgid "Do you want to try to deactivate the following mount points?"
+msgstr "Želite li pokušati obustaviti slijedeće točke montiranja?"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like create missing /dev/mapper entries
+#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:361
+msgid "create missing %1 entries"
+msgstr "stvori nedostajuće %1 stavke"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like delete affected /dev/mapper entries
+#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:445
+msgid "delete affected %1 entries"
+msgstr "obriši pogođene %1 stavke"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like delete /dev/mapper entry
+#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:467
+msgid "delete %1 entry"
+msgstr "obriši %1 stavku"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like update /dev/mapper entry
+#: ../src/DMRaid.cc:516
+msgid "update %1 entry"
+msgstr "nadopuni %1 stavku"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
+#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:46
+msgid "_Mount"
+msgstr "_Montiraj"
+
+#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:47
+msgid "_Unmount"
+msgstr "_Odmontiraj"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Created directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp
+#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:270
+msgid "Created directory %1"
+msgstr "Stvoreni direktorij %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Removed directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp
+#: ../src/FileSystem.cc:296
+msgid "Removed directory %1"
+msgstr "Uklonjeni direktorij %1"
+
+#. Adding a child after this OperationDetail has been set to prevent it is
+#. a programming bug. However the best way to report it is by adding yet
+#. another child containing the bug report, and allowing the child to be
+#. added anyway.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:64 ../src/OperationDetail.cc:146
+msgid "GParted Bug"
+msgstr "GParted greška"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Scanning /dev/sda
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:176 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:185
+msgid "Scanning %1"
+msgstr "Provjeravanje %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Confirming /dev/sda
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:204 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:229
+msgid "Confirming %1"
+msgstr "Potvrđivanje %1"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Searching /dev/sda partitions
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:264
+msgid "Searching %1 partitions"
+msgstr "Pretraživanje %1 particije"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like A partition cannot start (-2048)
+#. * before the start of the device
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:304
+msgid "A partition cannot start (%1) before the start of the device"
+msgstr "Particija ne može početi (%1) prije početka uređaja"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like A partition cannot end (2099199)
+#. * after the end of the device (2097151)
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:314
+msgid "A partition cannot end (%1) after the end of the device (%2)"
+msgstr "Particija ne može završiti (%1) nakon završetka uređaja (%2)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like A partition cannot have a length of -1 sectors
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:325
+msgid "A partition cannot have a length of %1 sectors"
+msgstr "Particija ne može imati dužinu od %1 sektora"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like A partition with used sectors (2048) greater than its length (1536) is not
valid
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:336
+msgid ""
+"A partition with used sectors (%1) greater than its length (%2) is not valid"
+msgstr ""
+"Particija s iskorištenim sektorima (%1) veća od njezine dužine (%2) nije "
+"ispravna"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: unrecognized
+#. * means that the partition table for this disk device is unknown
+#. * or not recognized.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:708
+msgid "unrecognized"
+msgstr "neprepoznato"
+
+#. no file system found....
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1359
+msgid "Unable to detect file system! Possible reasons are:"
+msgstr "Prepoznavanje datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo! Mogući razlozi su:"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1361
+msgid "The file system is damaged"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav je oštećen"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1363
+msgid "The file system is unknown to GParted"
+msgstr "Datotečni sustav je nepoznat GPartedu"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1365
+msgid "There is no file system available (unformatted)"
+msgstr "Nema dostupnog datotečnog sustava (neformatirano)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like The device entry /dev/sda5 is missing
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1368
+msgid "The device entry %1 is missing"
+msgstr "Particija uređaja %1 nedostaje"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1529
+msgid "Unable to find mount point"
+msgstr "Pronalazak točke montiranja nije uspio"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1651
+msgid "Unable to read the contents of this file system!"
+msgstr "Čitanje sadržaja s ovog datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo!"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1653
+msgid "Because of this some operations may be unavailable."
+msgstr "Zbog ovoga neke će promjene biti nedostupne."
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1657
+msgid "The cause might be a missing software package."
+msgstr "Uzrok može biti nedostajući softverski paket."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like The following list of software packages is required for NTFS file system
support: ntfsprogs.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1660
+msgid ""
+"The following list of software packages is required for %1 file system "
+"support: %2."
msgstr ""
+"Sljedeći popis paketa je potreban za podršku %1 datotečnog sustava: %2."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.28GiB of unallocated space within the partition.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1670
+msgid "%1 of unallocated space within the partition."
+msgstr "%1 nedodjeljenog prostora unutar particije."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and choose the menu
item:
+#. * means that the user can perform a check of the partition which will
+#. * also grow the file system to fill the partition.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1680
msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that "
-"letter, such as <em>è</em>."
+"To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and "
+"choose the menu item:"
msgstr ""
+"Za povećanje datotečnog sustava kako bi pristajao particiji, odaberite "
+"particiju i stavku iz izbornika:"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:119
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as "
-"<em>ë</em>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1682
+msgid "Partition --> Check."
+msgstr "Particija --> Provjeri."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:121
-msgid ""
-"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as
<em>ē</"
-"em>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1796
+msgid "create empty partition"
+msgstr "stvori praznu particiju"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:124
-msgid ""
-"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
-"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like path: /dev/sda1 (partition)
+#. * This is showing the name and the fact
+#. * that it is a partition within a device.
+#.
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like path: /dev/sda (device)
+#. * or looks like path: /dev/sda1 (partition)
+#. * This is showing the name and whether it
+#. * is a whole disk device or a partition
+#. * within a device.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1872 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3545
+msgid "path: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "putanja: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:130
-msgid "Code points"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1873 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3549
+msgid "partition"
+msgstr "particija"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:132
-msgid ""
-"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. "
-"Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, look "
-"it up in the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1874 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3550
+msgid "start: %1"
+msgstr "početak: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:138
-msgid ""
-"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>,
"
-"then type the four-character code and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use "
-"characters that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code "
-"point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1875 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3551
+msgid "end: %1"
+msgstr "kraj: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:148
-msgid "Keyboard layouts"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1876 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3552
+msgid "size: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "veličina: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:149
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1908
msgid ""
-"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed
"
-"on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To
"
-"learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:156
-msgid "Input methods"
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a create file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak stvaranja datotečnog "
+"sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:158
-msgid ""
-"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but "
-"also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or "
-"enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like create new ext3 file system
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1915
+msgid "create new %1 file system"
+msgstr "stvori novi %1 datotečni sustav"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:163
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1947
msgid ""
-"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, choose "
-"an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods "
-"documentation to see how to use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/tips.page:13
-msgid "Get the most out of GNOME with these handy tips."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a format file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak formatiranja "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/tips.page:19
-msgid "Tips & tricks"
-msgstr "Savjeti i trikovi"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:28
-msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchpad or touchscreen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:31
-msgid "Use gestures on touchpads and touchscreens"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1963
+msgid "delete partition"
+msgstr "obriši particiju"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:33
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2007
msgid ""
-"Multitouch gestures can be used on touchpads and touchscreens for system navigation, as well as in "
-"applications."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a delete file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak brisanja datotečnog "
+"sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:36
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2022
+msgid "delete %1 file system"
+msgstr "obriši %1 datotečni sustav"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2040
msgid ""
-"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</app>, documents can be zoomed and "
-"swiped with gestures, and <app>Image Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a label file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak postavaljanja naziva "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:41
-msgid "System-wide gestures"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Clear file system Label on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2047 ../src/OperationLabelFileSystem.cc:55
+msgid "Clear file system label on %1"
+msgstr "Ukloni naziv datotečnog sustav na %1"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2050
+msgid "Set file system label to \"%1\" on %2"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava za \"%1\" na %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Clear partition name on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2077 ../src/OperationNamePartition.cc:55
+msgid "Clear partition name on %1"
+msgstr "Ukloni naziv particije na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:46
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Open the application menu"
-msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview and Applications View</em>"
-msgstr "Otvori izbornik aplikacija"
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2080
+msgid "Set partition name to \"%1\" on %2"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv particije za \"%1\" na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2105
msgid ""
-"Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture upwards to open the Activities Overview."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a change file system UUID only "
+"step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak UUID promjene "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48
-msgid "To open the Applications View, place three fingers and gesture upwards again."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2112
+msgid "Set half of the UUID on %1 to a new, random value"
+msgstr "Postavi pola UUID-a na %1 na novu, naizmjeničnu vrijednost"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52
-msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2117
+msgid "Set UUID on %1 to a new, random value"
+msgstr "Postavi UUID-a na %1 na novu, naizmjeničnu vrijednost"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53
-msgid "Place three fingers on the touchpad or touchscreen and gesture left or right."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS:
+#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
+#. * to change the size of a partition when performing a move only
+#. * step which is not permitted to change the partition size.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2201
+msgid "size of the partition is changing for a move only step"
+msgstr "veličina particije se mijenja samo za korak premještanja"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57
-msgid "<em>Exit from fullscreen</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2232
+msgid "rollback last change to the partition"
+msgstr "vrati posljednju promjenu na particiji"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58
-msgid "On a touchscreen, drag down from the top edge to exit from the fullscreen mode of any window."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2281
+msgid "move file system to the left"
+msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav lijevo"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62
-msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2283
+msgid "move file system to the right"
+msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav desno"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2286
+msgid "move file system"
+msgstr "pomakni datotečni sustav"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2288
msgid ""
-"On a touchscreen, drag up from the bottom edge to bring up the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">on-screen "
-"keyboard</link>, if the on-screen keyboard is enabled."
+"new and old file system have the same position. Hence skipping this "
+"operation"
msgstr ""
+"novi i stari datotečni sustav imaju identičan položaj. Promjena preskočena"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:71
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Application menu"
-msgid "Application gestures"
-msgstr "Izbornik aplikacije"
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2354
+msgid "using libparted"
+msgstr "koristeći libparted"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:76
-msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS:
+#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
+#. * to move the start of the partition when performing a resize
+#. * only step which is not permitted to change the start of the
+#. * partition.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2428
+msgid "start of the partition is changing for a resize only step"
+msgstr "početak particije se mijenja samo za korak promjene veličine"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:77
-msgid "Tap on an item."
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2446
+msgid ""
+"partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a resize encryption only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak promjene veličine "
+"šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81
-msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2456
+msgid "impossible to shrink a closed LUKS encryption volume"
+msgstr "nemoguće je smanjiti uređaj zatvorenog LUKS šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:82
-msgid "Press and hold for a second or two."
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2515
+msgid ""
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a resize file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak promjene veličine "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86
-msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2585
+msgid "resize/move partition"
+msgstr "promijeni veličinu/pomakni particiju"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:87
-msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2588
+msgid "move partition to the right"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91
-msgid "<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2591
+msgid "move partition to the left"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:93
-msgid ""
-"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further
apart."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2594
+msgid "grow partition from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "povećaj particiju s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98
-msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2597
+msgid "shrink partition from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "smanji particiju s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:99
-msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2600
+msgid "move partition to the right and grow it from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno i povećaj je s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/translate.page:7
-msgid "How and where to help translate these topics."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2603
+msgid "move partition to the right and shrink it from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u desno i smanji je s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/translate.page:27
-msgid "Participate to improve translations"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2606
+msgid "move partition to the left and grow it from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo i povećaj je s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:29
-msgid "GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2609
+msgid "move partition to the left and shrink it from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "pomakni particiju u lijevo i smanji je s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:33
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2624
msgid ""
-"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many languages</link> for which "
-"translations are still needed."
+"new and old partition have the same size and position. Hence skipping this "
+"operation"
msgstr ""
+"nova i stara particija imaju identičnu veličinu i položaj. Promjena "
+"preskočena"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:37
-msgid ""
-"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/register/\";>create an account</"
-"link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\";>translation team</link> for your language. "
-"This will give you the ability to upload new translations."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2634
+msgid "old start: %1"
+msgstr "stari početak: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:43
-msgid ""
-"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the <link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC "
-"server</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a "
-"result of timezone differences."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2635
+msgid "old end: %1"
+msgstr "stari kraj: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/translate.page:49
-msgid ""
-"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link
href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/";
-"mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing list</link>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2636
+msgid "old size: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "stara veličina: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:20
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Users"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2651 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3633
+msgid "new start: %1"
+msgstr "novi početak: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-accounts.page:21
-msgid "Add and remove user accounts. Change passwords. Set administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2652 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3634
+msgid "new end: %1"
+msgstr "novi kraj: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:25
-msgid "User accounts"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2653 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3635
+msgid "new size: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "nova veličina: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-accounts.page:28
-msgid ""
-"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their "
-"files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a "
-"different user account if you know their password."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2667 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3586
+msgid "requested start: %1"
+msgstr "zatraženi početak: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:37
-msgid "Manage user accounts"
-msgstr "Upravljajte korisničkim računima"
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2668 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3587
+msgid "requested end: %1"
+msgstr "zatraženi kraj: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:41
-msgid "Passwords"
-msgstr "Lozinke"
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2669 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3588
+msgid "requested size: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "zatražena veličina: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:46
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Privileges"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2681
+msgid "attempt to rollback failed change to the partition"
+msgstr "pokušaj vraćanja nije uspio promijeniti particiju"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-accounts.page:48
-msgid "User privileges"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2702
+msgid "original start: %1"
+msgstr "izvorni početak: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-add.page:33
-msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2703
+msgid "original end: %1"
+msgstr "izvorni kraj: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-add.page:36
-msgid "Add a new user account"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2704
+msgid "original size: %1 (%2)"
+msgstr "izvorna veličina: %1 (%2)"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:38
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2786
msgid ""
-"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or "
-"company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
+"partition does not contain open LUKS encryption for a shrink encryption only "
+"step"
msgstr ""
+"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak smanjenja "
+"šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:42
-msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2791
+msgid "shrink encryption volume"
+msgstr "smanji šifrirani uređaj"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-autologin.page:44 C/user-delete.page:60
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2802
msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted."
+"partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximize encryption only "
+"step"
msgstr ""
+"particija ne sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak povećanja "
+"šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to add a new user "
-"account."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2807
+msgid "grow encryption volume to fill the partition"
+msgstr "povećaj šifrirani uređaj kako bi se ispunila particija"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:62
-msgid ""
-"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the "
-"computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2817
+msgid "growing is not available for this encryption volume"
+msgstr "povećavanje nije dostupno za ovaj šifrirani uređaj"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:65
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2835
msgid ""
-"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date "
-"and time."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a shrink file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak smanjenja šifriranja"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS:
+#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug and tried
+#. * to grow the partition size or keep it the same when performing
+#. * a shrink partition only step.
+#.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2847
+msgid "the new partition size is larger or the same for a shrink only step"
+msgstr "veličina nove particije je veća ili ista samo za korak smanjivanja"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:69
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2852
+msgid "shrink file system"
+msgstr "smanji datotečni sustav"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2863
msgid ""
-"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. If you
"
-"do not like the proposed username, you can change it."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximize file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak povećanja šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:74
-msgid "You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first
login."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2868
+msgid "grow file system to fill the partition"
+msgstr "povećaj datotečni sustav kako bi se ispunila particija"
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86
-msgid "generate password"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2879
+msgid "growing is not available for this file system"
+msgstr "povećavanje nije dostupno za ovaj datotečni sustav"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:76
-msgid ""
-"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
-"automatically generate a random password."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2887
+msgid "growing the file system is currently disallowed"
+msgstr "povećavanje datotečnog sustava trenutno je nedopušteno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like not a linux-swap file system for a recreate linux-swap only step
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2911
+msgid "not a %1 file system for a recreate %1 only step"
+msgstr "nije %1 datotečni sustav samo za korak stvaranja %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:87
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like recreate linux-swap file system
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2923
+msgid "recreate %1 file system"
+msgstr "stvori novi %1 datotečni sustav"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2992
+msgid "the destination is smaller than the source partition"
+msgstr "odredišna particija je manje od izvorne"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3043
msgid ""
-"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, <gui "
-"style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current password status."
+"source partition contains open LUKS encryption for a file system copy only "
+"step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak kopiranja datotečnog "
+"sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-add.page:92
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3050
msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s name to the right to set an image
"
-"for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. The system provides some stock photos you "
-"can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+"destination partition contains open LUKS encryption for a file system copy "
+"only step"
msgstr ""
+"odredišna particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak kopiranja "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:26
-msgid "You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3056
+msgid "copy file system from %1 to %2"
+msgstr "kopiranje datotečnog sustava s %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:30
-msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3137
+msgid "using internal algorithm"
+msgstr "koristeći unutrašnji algoritam"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You "
-"can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of keeping
"
-"your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like copy 1.00 MiB
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3140
+msgid "copy %1"
+msgstr "kopiraj %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:37
-msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to change account types."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3143
+msgid "finding optimal block size"
+msgstr "pronalazak optimalne veličine bloka"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:37 C/user-changepassword.page:74
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:50 C/user-delete.page:57
-msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like copy 16.00 MiB using a block size of 1.00 MiB
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3174 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3220
+msgid "copy %1 using a block size of %2"
+msgstr "kopiraj %1 koristeći veličinu bloka od %2"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
-msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3192
+msgid "%1 seconds"
+msgstr "%1 sekunda"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like optimal block size is 1.00 MiB
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3211
+msgid "optimal block size is %1"
+msgstr "optimalna veličina bloka je %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
-msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.00 MiB (1048576 B) copied
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3238
+msgid "%1 (%2 B) copied"
+msgstr "%1 (%2 B) kopirano"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3276
+msgid "rollback failed file system move"
+msgstr "vraćanje premještanja datotečnog sustava nije uspjelo"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3299
msgid ""
-"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is the user
"
-"account that was created when you first installed the system."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for a check file system only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak provjere datotečnog "
+"sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:68
-msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like check file system on /dev/sda5 for errors and (if possible) fix them
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3311
+msgid "check file system on %1 for errors and (if possible) fix them"
+msgstr "provjeri datotečni sustav na %1 za greške i (ako je moguće) ispravi ih"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27
-msgid "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3320
+msgid "checking is not available for this file system"
+msgstr "provjera nije dostupna za ovaj datotečni sustav"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31
-msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3385
+msgid "set partition type on %1"
+msgstr "postavi vrstu particije na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33
-msgid ""
-"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the "
-"system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can "
-"cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also "
-"modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like new partition type: ext4
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3439
+msgid "new partition type: %1"
+msgstr "nova vrsta particije: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40
-msgid ""
-"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change
"
-"the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system files or use "
-"these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like new partition flag: lvm
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3454
+msgid "new partition flag: %1"
+msgstr "nova oznaka particije: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:46
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative "
-"privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask
"
-"for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package "
-"manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it "
-"has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3483
+msgid "calibrate %1"
+msgstr "kalibriraj %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. <gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed
"
-"to have these privileges while <gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you "
-"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the “root” account) have permanent "
-"administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might "
-"accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3548
+msgid "device"
+msgstr "uređaj"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:63
-msgid ""
-"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but "
-"prevent you from doing it accidentally."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3562
+msgid "encryption path: %1"
+msgstr "putanja šifriranja: %1"
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:67
-msgid "What does “superuser” mean?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3582
+msgid "calculate new size and position of %1"
+msgstr "izračunaj novu veličinu i položaj za %1"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:68
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3710
msgid ""
-"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>superuser</em>. This is simply because that
"
-"user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and "
-"<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “superuser” (administrative) privileges."
+"partition contains open LUKS encryption for an erase file system signatures "
+"only step"
msgstr ""
+"particija sadrži otvoreno LUKS šifriranje samo za korak brisanja potpisa "
+"datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76
-msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3717
+msgid "clear old file system signatures in %1"
+msgstr "obriši stare potpise datotečnog sustava u %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful "
-"because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3923
+msgid "flush operating system cache of %1"
+msgstr "isprazni predmemoriju operativnog sustava %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:82
-msgid ""
-"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or "
-"run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges "
-"temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: update boot sector of ntfs file system on /dev/sdd1
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3962
+msgid "update boot sector of %1 file system on %2"
+msgstr "nadopuni boot sektor %1 datotečnog sustava na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:88
-msgid ""
-"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other users "
-"from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing "
-"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to write to boot sector in /dev/sdd1
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3998
+msgid "Error trying to write to boot sector in %1"
+msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju zapisivanja boot sektora na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
-msgid "You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have administrative privileges."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to seek to position 0x1C in /dev/sdd1
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4004
+msgid "Error trying to seek to position 0x1c in %1"
+msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju traženja položaja 0x1c na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32
-msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Error trying to open /dev/sdd1
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4011
+msgid "Error trying to open %1"
+msgstr "Greška pri pokušaju otvaranja %1"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Failed to set the number of hidden sectors to 05ab4f00 in the ntfs boot record.
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4021
msgid ""
-"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative "
-"privileges</link>. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
+"Failed to set the number of hidden sectors to %1 in the NTFS boot record."
msgstr ""
+"Postavljanje broja skrivenih sektora na %1 na NTFS boot zapisu nije uspjelo."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40
-msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks,"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4023
+msgid "You might try the following command to correct the problem:"
+msgstr "Možda ćete htjeli izvršiti sljedeću naredbu za ispravljanje problema:"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43
-msgid "viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition), or"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4041
+msgid "libparted messages"
+msgstr "libparted poruke"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47
-msgid "installing new applications."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4234
+msgid "Libparted Information"
+msgstr "Libparted informacije"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51
-msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative privileges</link>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4238
+msgid "Libparted Warning"
+msgstr "Libparted upozorenje"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-autologin.page:23
-msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4242
+msgid "Libparted Error"
+msgstr "Libparted greška"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-autologin.page:26
-msgid "Log in automatically"
-msgstr "Automatska prijava"
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4245
+msgid "Libparted Fatal"
+msgstr "Libparted kobna greška"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:28
-msgid ""
-"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your
"
-"computer:"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4248
+msgid "Libparted Bug"
+msgstr "Libparted greška"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:40
-msgid "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4251
+msgid "Libparted Unsupported Feature"
+msgstr "Libparted nepodržana značajka"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:48
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4254
+msgid "Libparted unknown exception"
+msgstr "Libparted nepoznata iznimka"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:52
-msgid ""
-"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled,
"
-"you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else "
-"starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your "
-"files and browser history."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4258
+msgid "Fix"
+msgstr "Popravi"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:59
-msgid ""
-"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system "
-"administrator who can change this setting for you."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4260
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Da"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
-msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4262
+msgid "Ok"
+msgstr "U redu"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:35
-msgid "Change your password"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4264
+msgid "Retry"
+msgstr "Pokušaj ponovno"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4266
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Ne"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4268
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Odustani"
+
+#: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:4270
+msgid "Ignore"
+msgstr "Zanemari"
+
+#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:48 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:195
+msgid "_Undo Last Operation"
+msgstr "Po_ništi posljednju promjenu"
+
+#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:55 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:203
+msgid "_Clear All Operations"
+msgstr "_Obriši sve promjene"
+
+#: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:62 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:210
+msgid "_Apply All Operations"
+msgstr "_Primijeni sve promjene"
+
+#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:196
+msgid "One or more Physical Volumes belonging to the Volume Group is missing."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedan ili više fizičkih uređaja koji pripadaju grupi uređaja nedostaju."
+
+#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:324
+msgid "An error occurred reading LVM2 configuration!"
+msgstr "Greška se dogodila pri čitanju LVM2 podešavanja!"
+
+#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:326
+msgid "Some or all of the details might be missing or incorrect."
+msgstr "Određene ili sve pojedinosti možda nedostaju ili su neispravne."
+
+#: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:328
+msgid "You should NOT modify any LVM2 PV partitions."
+msgstr "Ne bi trebali mijenjati nikakve LVM2 PV particije."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:62
-msgid ""
-"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows "
-"your password."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set half the UUID to a new random value on ntfs file system on /dev/sda1
+#: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:56
+msgid "Set half the UUID to a new random value on %1 file system on %2"
+msgstr ""
+"Postavi pola UUID-a na novu naizmjeničnu vrijednost, na %1 datotečnom "
+"sustavu u %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set a new random UUID on ext4 file system on /dev/sda1
+#: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:63
+msgid "Set a new random UUID on %1 file system on %2"
+msgstr "Postavi novi UUID na %1 datotečnom sustavu u %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Copy /dev/hda4 to /dev/hdd (start at 250 MiB)
+#: ../src/OperationCopy.cc:83
+msgid "Copy %1 to %2 (start at %3)"
+msgstr "Kopiraj %1 na %2 (početak na %3)"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Copy /dev/hda4 to /dev/hdd1
+#: ../src/OperationCopy.cc:92
+msgid "Copy %1 to %2"
+msgstr "Kopiraj %1 na %2"
+
+#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Check and repair file system (ext3) on /dev/hda4
+#: ../src/OperationCheck.cc:50
+msgid "Check and repair file system (%1) on %2"
+msgstr "Provjeri i popravi datotečni sustav (%1) na %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Create Logical Partition #1 (ntfs, 345 MiB) on /dev/hda
+#: ../src/OperationCreate.cc:71
+msgid "Create %1 #%2 (%3, %4) on %5"
+msgstr "Stvori %1 #%2 (%3, %4) na %5"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Delete /dev/hda2 (ntfs, 345 MiB) from /dev/hda
+#: ../src/OperationDelete.cc:114
+msgid "Delete %1 (%2, %3) from %4"
+msgstr "Obriši %1 (%2, %3) na %4"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS:
+#. * means that GParted has encountered a programming bug. More
+#. * information about a step is being added after the step was
+#. * marked as complete. This bug description as well as the
+#. * information being added will be visible in the details of the
+#. * applied operations.
+#.
+#: ../src/OperationDetail.cc:154
+msgid ""
+"Adding more information to the results of this step after it has been marked "
+"as completed"
+msgstr ""
+"Dodavanje više informacija rezultatu ovog koraka nakon što je označen kao "
+"završen"
+
+#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
+#. Bug: Not initialised by constructor or reset later
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Format /dev/hda4 as linux-swap
+#: ../src/OperationFormat.cc:75
+msgid "Format %1 as %2"
+msgstr "Formatiraj %1 kao %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set file system label "My Label" on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/OperationLabelFileSystem.cc:61
+msgid "Set file system label \"%1\" on %2"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv datotečnog sustava \"%1\" na %2"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set partition name "My Name" on /dev/hda3
+#: ../src/OperationNamePartition.cc:61
+msgid "Set partition name \"%1\" on %2"
+msgstr "Postavi naziv particije \"%1\" na %2"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:104
+msgid "resize/move %1"
+msgstr "promjeni veličinu/pomakni %1"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:106
+msgid ""
+"new and old partition have the same size and position. Hence continuing "
+"anyway"
+msgstr ""
+"nova i stara particija imaju identičnu veličinu i položaj. Promjena otkazana"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:110
+msgid "Move %1 to the right"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:113
+msgid "Move %1 to the left"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:116
+msgid "Grow %1 from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Povećaj %1 sa %2 na %3"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:119
+msgid "Shrink %1 from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Smanji %1 sa %2 na %3"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:122
+msgid "Move %1 to the right and grow it from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno i povećaj s %2 na %3"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:125
+msgid "Move %1 to the right and shrink it from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u desno i smanji s %2 na %3"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:128
+msgid "Move %1 to the left and grow it from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo i povećaj s %2 na %3"
+
+#: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:131
+msgid "Move %1 to the left and shrink it from %2 to %3"
+msgstr "Pomakni %1 u lijevo i smanji s %2 na %3"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Primary
+#. * A "Primary" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
+#.
+#: ../src/Partition.cc:403
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Glavna"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Logical
+#. * A "Logical" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
+#.
+#: ../src/Partition.cc:408
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Logička"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Extended
+#. * An "Extended" type of partition on a partitioned drive.
+#.
+#: ../src/Partition.cc:413
+msgid "Extended"
+msgstr "Proširena"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Unallocated
+#. * Unused space outside of any partition on a partitioned drive.
+#.
+#: ../src/Partition.cc:418
+msgid "Unallocated"
+msgstr "Nedodjeljeno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Unpartitioned
+#. * A drive which has no partition table.
+#.
+#: ../src/Partition.cc:423
+msgid "Unpartitioned"
+msgstr "Neparticirano"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.00 MiB of 16.00 MiB copied (00:01:59 remaining)
+#: ../src/ProgressBar.cc:98
+msgid "%1 of %2 copied (%3 remaining)"
+msgstr "%1 od %2 kopirano (preostalo %3)"
+
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:46
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Naziv"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:77
-msgid ""
-"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are changing the password for a "
-"different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:50
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Veličina"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Verify New "
-"Password</gui> field."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:51
+msgid "Used"
+msgstr "Iskorišteno"
+
+#: ../src/TreeView_Detail.cc:52
+msgid "Unused"
+msgstr "Neiskorišteno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: unallocated
+#. * means that this space on the disk device is
+#. * outside any partition, so is in other words
+#. * unallocated.
+#.
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:322
+msgid "unallocated"
+msgstr "nedodjeljeno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: unknown
+#. * means that this space within this partition does
+#. * not contain a file system known to GParted, and
+#. * is in other words unknown.
+#.
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:329
+msgid "unknown"
+msgstr "nepoznato"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: unformatted
+#. * means that when the new partition is created by
+#. * GParted the space within it will not be formatted
+#. * with a file system.
+#.
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:336
+msgid "unformatted"
+msgstr "neformatirano"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: other
+#. * name shown in the File System Support dialog to list
+#. * actions which can be performed on other file systems
+#. * not specifically listed as supported.
+#.
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:343
+msgid "other"
+msgstr "ostalo"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: cleared
+#. * means that all file system signatures in the partition
+#. * will be cleared by GParted.
+#.
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:349
+msgid "cleared"
+msgstr "obrisano"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:382
+msgid "used"
+msgstr "iskorišteno"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:383
+msgid "unused"
+msgstr "neiskorišteno"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: means that this is an encrypted file system
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:391
+msgid "Encrypted"
+msgstr "Šifrirano"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:539
+msgid "%1 B"
+msgstr "%1 B"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:544
+msgid "%1 KiB"
+msgstr "%1 KiB"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:549
+msgid "%1 MiB"
+msgstr "%1 MiB"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:554
+msgid "%1 GiB"
+msgstr "%1 GiB"
+
+#: ../src/Utils.cc:559
+msgid "%1 TiB"
+msgstr "%1 TiB"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:169
+msgid "_Refresh Devices"
+msgstr "Osvježi u_ređaje"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:177
+msgid "_Devices"
+msgstr "_Uređaji"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:189
+msgid "_GParted"
+msgstr "_GParted"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:218
+msgid "_Edit"
+msgstr "_Uredi"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:226
+msgid "Device _Information"
+msgstr "_Informacije o uređaju"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:231
+msgid "Pending _Operations"
+msgstr "_Promjene na čekanju"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:236
+msgid "_View"
+msgstr "_Prikaz"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:243
+msgid "_File System Support"
+msgstr "_Podrška datotečnog sustava"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:251
+msgid "_Create Partition Table"
+msgstr "_Stvori particijsku tablicu"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:256
+msgid "_Attempt Data Rescue"
+msgstr "_Pokušaj spasiti podatke"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:261
+msgid "_Device"
+msgstr "_Uređaj"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:269
+msgid "_Partition"
+msgstr "P_articija"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:277
+msgid "_Contents"
+msgstr "_Priručnik"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:291
+msgid "_Help"
+msgstr "_Pomoć"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: "New" is a tool bar item for partition actions.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:305
+msgid "New"
+msgstr "Nova"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:310
+msgid "Create a new partition in the selected unallocated space"
+msgstr "Stvori novu particiju na odabranom nedodjeljenom prostoru"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:318
+msgid "Delete the selected partition"
+msgstr "Obriši odabranu particiju"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:340
+msgid "Resize/Move the selected partition"
+msgstr "Promjeni veličinu/premjesti odabranu particiju"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:352
+msgid "Copy the selected partition to the clipboard"
+msgstr "Kopiraj odabrane particiju u međuspremnik"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:360
+msgid "Paste the partition from the clipboard"
+msgstr "Zalijepi particije iz međuspremnika"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:375
+msgid "Undo Last Operation"
+msgstr "Poništi posljednju promjenu"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:386
+msgid "Apply All Operations"
+msgstr "Primijeni sve promjene"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: "_New" is a sub menu item for the partition menu.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:410
+msgid "_New"
+msgstr "_Nova"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:429
+msgid "_Resize/Move"
+msgstr "P_romjeni veličinu/premjesti"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: menuitem which holds a submenu with file systems..
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:456
+msgid "_Format to"
+msgstr "_Formatiraj na"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
-msgid ""
-"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random
password."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: menuitem which holds a submenu with mount points..
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:481
+msgid "_Mount on"
+msgstr "_Montiraj na"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:489
+msgid "_Name Partition"
+msgstr "_Naziv particije"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
-msgid ""
-"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your "
-"user account safe."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:495
+msgid "M_anage Flags"
+msgstr "Upr_avljanje oznakama"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be the "
-"same as your new login password."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:501
+msgid "C_heck"
+msgstr "Pro_vjeri"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:102
-msgid "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:507
+msgid "_Label File System"
+msgstr "_Naziv datotečnog sustava"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
-msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:513
+msgid "New UU_ID"
+msgstr "Novi UU_ID"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:34
-msgid "Change your login screen photo"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:578
+msgid "Device Information"
+msgstr "Informacije o uređaju"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:36
-msgid ""
-"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your "
-"photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:857
+msgid "Could not add this operation to the list"
+msgstr "Nemoguće dodavanje ove promjene na popis"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:53
-msgid ""
-"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right "
-"corner and type in your password when prompted."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1038
+msgid "%1 operation pending"
+msgid_plural "%1 operations pending"
+msgstr[0] "%1 promjena na čekanju"
+msgstr[1] "%1 promjene na čekanju"
+msgstr[2] "%1 promjena na čekanju"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1148
+msgid "Quit GParted?"
+msgstr "Izaći iz GParteda?"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1154
+msgid "%1 operation is currently pending."
+msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending."
+msgstr[0] "Trenutno je %1 promjena na čekanju."
+msgstr[1] "Trenutno su %1 promjene na čekanju."
+msgstr[2] "Trenutno je %1 promjena na čekanju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1568
+msgid "%1 - GParted"
+msgstr "%1 - GParted"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1619
+msgid "Scanning all devices..."
+msgstr "Pretraga svih uređaja..."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1666
+msgid "No devices detected"
+msgstr "Uređaji nisu otkriveni"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like No partition table found on device /dev/sda
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1754
+msgid "No partition table found on device %1"
+msgstr "Na uređaju %1 nije pronađena particijska tablica"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1759
+msgid "A partition table is required before partitions can be added."
+msgstr "Particijska tablica mora postojati prije dodavanja particija."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1761
+msgid "To create a new partition table choose the menu item:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kako biste stvorili novu particijsku tablicu, odaberite stavku izbornika:"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:58
-msgid ""
-"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you
"
-"like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: this message represents the menu item Create Partition Table under the Device menu.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1764
+msgid "Device --> Create Partition Table."
+msgstr "Uređaj --> Stvori particijsku tablicu..."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
-msgid "If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Select a file…</gui>."
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Unable to resize read-only file system /dev/sda1
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1773
+msgid "Unable to resize read-only file system %1"
msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
-msgid ""
-"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take
"
-"your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not "
-"like the picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to try again, or "
-"<gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+"Nemoguće je promijeniti veličinu datotečnog sustava s dozvolom čitanja %1"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1778
+msgid "The file system can not be resized while it is mounted read-only."
msgstr ""
+"Datotečni sustav ne može promijeniti veličinu dok je montiran samo s "
+"dozvolama čitanja."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-delete.page:39
-msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1780
+msgid "Either unmount the file system or remount it read-write."
msgstr ""
+"Ili odmontirajte datotečni sustav ili ga ponovno montirajte s dozvolom "
+"pisanja."
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-delete.page:42
-msgid "Delete a user account"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1802
+msgid "Unable to open GParted Manual help file"
+msgstr "Nemoguće otvaranje datoteke GParted priručnika pomoći"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:44
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</link>. If somebody is no "
-"longer using your computer, you can delete that user’s account."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1804
+msgid "Command yelp not found."
+msgstr "Naredba yelp nije pronađena."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:48
-msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to delete user accounts."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1807
+msgid "Install yelp and try again."
+msgstr "Instalirajte yelp i pokušajte ponovno."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:64
-msgid ""
-"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button, below the list "
-"of accounts on the left, to delete that user account."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1828
+msgid "Failed to open GParted Manual help file"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje datoteke GParted priručnika pomoći"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:69
-msgid ""
-"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the "
-"user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you "
-"need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to "
-"back up the files to an external storage device before deleting them."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1848
+msgid "Documentation is not available"
+msgstr "Dokumentacija nije dostupna"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
-msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1853
+msgid "This build of gparted is configured without documentation."
+msgstr "Ovo izdanje gparteda je podešeno bez dokumentacije."
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
-msgid "Choose a secure password"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1855
+msgid "Documentation is available at the project web site."
+msgstr "Dokumentacija je dostupna na web stranici projekta."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37
-msgid ""
-"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer "
-"programs) to guess."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1859
+msgid "GParted Manual"
+msgstr "GParted priručnik"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41
-msgid ""
-"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone "
-"may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1874
+msgid "GNOME Partition Editor"
+msgstr "GNOME uređivač particija"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
-msgid ""
-"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be "
-"difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips "
-"for choosing a good password:"
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: your name(s) here please, if there are more translators put newlines (\n) between the
names.
+#. It's a good idea to provide the url of your translation team as well. Thanks!
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1911
+msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
+"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
+" Ante Karamatić https://launchpad.net/~ivoks\n";
+" Danijel Šnajder https://launchpad.net/~phantomlord-deactivatedaccount\n";
+" Kristijan https://launchpad.net/~kristijan-kontakt\n";
+" Miroslav Matejaš https://launchpad.net/~silverspace+amd64\n";
+" Saša Teković https://launchpad.net/~hseagle2015\n";
+" Zeljko Saric https://launchpad.net/~saric-zeljko355\n";
+" gogo https://launchpad.net/~trebelnik-stefina";
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1958
+msgid "It is not possible to create more than %1 primary partition"
+msgid_plural "It is not possible to create more than %1 primary partitions"
+msgstr[0] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarne particije"
+msgstr[1] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarne particije"
+msgstr[2] "Nije moguće stvoriti više od %1 primarnih particija"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1970
msgid ""
-"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes
"
-"it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords "
-"that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."
+"If you want more partitions you should first create an extended partition. "
+"Such a partition can contain other partitions. Because an extended partition "
+"is also a primary partition it might be necessary to remove a primary "
+"partition first."
msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57
-msgid ""
-"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can "
-"remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A "
-"Romance of Many Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
+"Ako želite imati više particija, najprije biste trebali stvoriti proširenu "
+"particiju, jer takva particija može sadržavati ostale particije. S obzirom "
+"da je proširena particija ujedno i primarna particija, možda ćete najprije "
+"trebati obrisati primarnu particiju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2096
+msgid "Moving a partition might cause your operating system to fail to boot"
msgstr ""
+"Premještanje particije može uzrokovati da vaš operativni sustav više nije "
+"moguće pokrenuti"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a "
-"person or computer to guess it."
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like You queued an operation to move the start sector of partition /dev/sda3.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2103
+msgid "You have queued an operation to move the start sector of partition %1."
msgstr ""
+"Zadatak pomicanja početnog sektora particije %1 ste dodali na popis "
+"izvršavanja."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2105
msgid ""
-"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these
"
-"first. The most common password is “password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
+" Failure to boot is most likely to occur if you move the GNU/Linux "
+"partition containing /boot, or if you move the Windows system partition C:."
msgstr ""
+" Nesupjelo pokretanje je najvjerojatnije uzrokovano premještanjem GNU/Linux "
+"particije sadržane u /boot, ili ako ste premjestili C: particiju Windows "
+"sustava."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76
-msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member’s
name."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2107
+msgid "You can learn how to repair the boot configuration in the GParted FAQ."
msgstr ""
+"U često postavljenim pitanjima GParteda možete saznati kako popraviti "
+"podešavanje pokretanja sustava."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80
-msgid "Do not use any nouns."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2111
+msgid "Moving a partition might take a very long time to apply."
+msgstr "Premještanje particije može potrajati dulje vremena."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83
-msgid ""
-"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what
"
-"you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Enter LUKS passphrase to resize /dev/sda1
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2153
+msgid "Enter LUKS passphrase to resize %1"
+msgstr "Upišite LUKS lozinku za promjenu veličine %1"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87
-msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2182
+msgid "LUKS encryption passphrase check failed"
+msgstr "Neuspjela provjera lozinke LUKS šifriranja"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
-msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2260
+msgid "Copy of %1"
+msgstr "Kopija od %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
-msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2361
+msgid "You have pasted into an existing partition"
+msgstr "Zalijepili ste u postojeću particiju"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
-msgid ""
-"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of "
-"your accounts immediately."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like The data in /dev/sda3 will be lost if you apply this operation.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2369
+msgid "The data in %1 will be lost if you apply this operation."
+msgstr "Ako primijenite ovu promjenu, podaci na %1 će biti izgubljeni."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98
-msgid ""
-"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different "
-"passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that do not matter (like "
-"websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2443
+msgid "Unable to delete %1!"
+msgstr "Brisanje %1 nije moguće!"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105
-msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2450
+msgid "Please unmount any logical partitions having a number higher than %1"
+msgstr "Odmontirajte sve logičke particije koje imaju broj veći od %1"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-dvd.page:27
-msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2461
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %1?"
+msgstr "Sigurno želite obrisati %1?"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:31
-msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2468
+msgid "After deletion this partition is no longer available for copying."
+msgstr "Nakon brisanja, ova particija više neće biti dostupna za kopiranje."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:33
-msgid ""
-"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> "
-"installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Delete /dev/hda2 (ntfs, 2345 MiB)
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2471
+msgid "Delete %1 (%2, %3)"
+msgstr "Obriši %1 (%2, %3)"
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:38
-msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * Cannot format this file system to fat16.
+#.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2627
+msgid "Cannot format this file system to %1"
+msgstr "Nemoguće formatiranje ovog datotečnog sustava na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:40
-msgid ""
-"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software
"
-"that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the "
-"right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the codecs manually — "
-"ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution’s support forums."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * A fat16 file system requires a partition of at least 16.00 MiB.
+#.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2639
+msgid "A %1 file system requires a partition of at least %2."
+msgstr "%1 datotečni sustav zahtijeva particiju od barem %2."
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:47
-msgid ""
-"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but "
-"it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This "
-"software is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally used in all countries. "
-"Please contact your Linux distribution for more information."
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * A partition with a hfs file system has a maximum size of 2.00 GiB.
+#.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2647
+msgid "A partition with a %1 file system has a maximum size of %2."
msgstr ""
+"Najveća veličina particije particije s %1 datotečnim sustavom iznosi %2."
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:56
-msgid "Checking the DVD region"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2719
+msgid "Opening encryption on %1"
+msgstr "Otvaranje šifriranja na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:58
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2733
+msgid "Failed to open LUKS encryption"
+msgstr "Neuspjelo otvaranje LUKS šifriranja"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2755
msgid ""
-"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be "
-"played. If the region of your computer’s DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to "
-"play, you won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be "
-"allowed to play DVDs from North America."
+"The close encryption action cannot be performed when there are operations "
+"pending for the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Radnja zatvaranja šifrirnja se ne može izvesti ako su na čekanju radnje za "
+"particiju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2756
+msgid "Closing encryption on %1"
+msgstr "Zatvaranje šifriranja na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:64
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2757
+msgid "Could not close encryption"
+msgstr "Nemoguće zatvaranje šifriranja"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2762
msgid ""
-"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times "
-"before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use "
-"<link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\";>regionset</link>."
+"The open encryption action cannot be performed when there are operations "
+"pending for the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Radnja otvaranja šifrirnja se ne može izvesti ako su na čekanju radnje za "
+"particiju."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like
+#. * Enter LUKS passphrase to open /dev/sda1
+#.
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2802
+msgid "Enter LUKS passphrase to open %1"
+msgstr "Upišite LUKS lozinku za otvaranje %1"
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:69
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2865
+msgid "The partition could not be unmounted from the following mount points:"
+msgstr "Particija nije mogla biti odmontirana sa sljedećih točaka montiranja:"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2867
msgid ""
-"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code\";>more information about DVD region
"
-"codes on Wikipedia</link>."
+"This is because other partitions are also mounted on these mount points. "
+"You are advised to unmount them manually."
msgstr ""
+"Najvjerojatnije su ostale particije također montirane na iste točke. "
+"Preporuka je da ih odmontirate ručno."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-sending.page:23
-msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like 1 operation is currently pending for partition /dev/sdb1
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2880
+msgid "%1 operation is currently pending for partition %2"
+msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending for partition %2"
+msgstr[0] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
+msgstr[1] "%1 promjene su trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
+msgstr[2] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju za particiju %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-sending.page:26
-msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made"
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2895
+msgid "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear or apply pending operations."
msgstr ""
+"Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu radnji "
+"koje su na čekanju."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:28
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2938
msgid ""
-"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find "
-"that they have problems playing the video."
+"The swapoff action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
+"the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Swapoff ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2939
+msgid "Deactivating swap on %1"
+msgstr "Deaktivacija swapa na %1"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2940
+msgid "Could not deactivate swap"
+msgstr "Deaktivacija swapa nije moguća"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:32
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2945
msgid ""
-"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A "
-"codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There "
-"are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check "
-"which format your video is by doing:"
+"The swapon action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
+"the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Swapon ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:40
-msgid "Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2946
+msgid "Activating swap on %1"
+msgstr "Aktivacija swapa na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:44
-msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2947
+msgid "Could not activate swap"
+msgstr "Aktivacija swapa nije moguća"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:47
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2952
msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>Codec</gui> are listed "
-"under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if the video also has audio)."
+"The deactivate Volume Group action cannot be performed when there are "
+"operations pending for the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Za deaktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima "
+"promjena na čekanju za particiju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2953
+msgid "Deactivating Volume Group %1"
+msgstr "Deaktivacija grupe uređaja %1"
+
+#. VGNAME from point point
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2955
+msgid "Could not deactivate Volume Group"
+msgstr "Nemoguća deaktivacija grupe uređaja"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:53
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2960
msgid ""
-"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it "
-"helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For "
-"example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to "
-"try and watch it, search for “theora windows media player”. You will often be able to download the right "
-"codec for free if it’s not installed."
+"The activate Volume Group action cannot be performed when there are "
+"operations pending for the partition."
msgstr ""
+"Za aktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima promjena "
+"na čekanju za particiju."
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:61
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2961
+msgid "Activating Volume Group %1"
+msgstr "Aktivacija grupe uređaja %1"
+
+#. VGNAME from point point
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2963
+msgid "Could not activate Volume Group"
+msgstr "Nemoguća aktivacija grupe uređaja"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2968
msgid ""
-"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\";>VLC media player</"
-"link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. "
-"Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, "
-"and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see "
-"what’s available."
-msgstr ""
+"The unmount action cannot be performed when there are operations pending for "
+"the partition."
+msgstr "Odmontiranje nije moguće ako ima promjena na čekanju za particiju."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2969
+msgid "Unmounting %1"
+msgstr "Odmontiranje %1"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:70
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2970
+msgid "Could not unmount %1"
+msgstr "Odmontiranje %1 nije moguće"
+
+#. Bug: Partition callback without a selected partition
+#. Bug: Not pointing at a valid display partition object
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3034
msgid ""
-"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have "
-"been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have
"
-"problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there "
-"could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
-msgstr ""
+"The mount action cannot be performed when an operation is pending for the "
+"partition."
+msgstr "Montiranje nije moguće ako ima promjena na čekanju za particiju."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
-msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet between left-handed and right-handed orientation."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3047
+msgid "mounting %1 on %2"
+msgstr "montiranje %1 na %2"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
-msgid "Use the tablet with your left or your right hand"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3075
+msgid "Could not mount %1 on %2"
+msgstr "Montiranje %1 na %2 nije moguće"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like 1 partition is currently active on device /dev/sda
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3094
+msgid "%1 partition is currently active on device %2"
+msgid_plural "%1 partitions are currently active on device %2"
+msgstr[0] "%1 particija je trenutno aktivna na uređaju %2"
+msgstr[1] "%1 particije su trenutno aktivne na uređaju %2"
+msgstr[2] "%1 particija je trenutno aktivno na uređaju %2"
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3109
msgid ""
-"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these "
-"buttons. By default, the orientation is for right-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
+"A new partition table cannot be created when there are active partitions."
msgstr ""
+"Nova particijska tablica se ne može stvoriti ukoliko postoje aktivne "
+"particije."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3111
msgid ""
-"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wacom "
-"Tablet</gui>."
+"Active partitions are those that are in use, such as a mounted file system, "
+"or enabled swap space."
msgstr ""
+"Aktivne particije su one koje su u upotrebi, poput montiranih datotečnih "
+"sustava ili omogućenih swap particija."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
-msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3113
+msgid ""
+"Use Partition menu options, such as unmount or swapoff, to deactivate all "
+"partitions on this device before creating a new partition table."
msgstr ""
+"Upotrijebite mogućnosti u izborniku Particija, poput odmontiraj ili swapoff, "
+"kako biste prije stvaranja nove particijske tablice deaktivirali sve "
+"particije na ovom uređaju."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41 C/wacom-mode.page:40 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
-msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3125
+msgid "%1 operation is currently pending"
+msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending"
+msgstr[0] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju"
+msgstr[1] "%1 promjena su trenutno na čekanju"
+msgstr[2] "%1 promjena je trenutno na čekanju"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42 C/wacom-mode.page:41 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3138
msgid ""
-"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click "
-"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to connect a wireless tablet."
-msgstr ""
+"A new partition table cannot be created when there are pending operations."
+msgstr "Nova particija se ne može stvoriti dok postoje promjene na čekanju."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46
-msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3140
+msgid ""
+"Use the Edit menu to either clear or apply all operations before creating a "
+"new partition table."
msgstr ""
+"Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za brisanje ili primjenu svih izmjena prije "
+"stvaranja nove particijske tablice."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
-msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3155
+msgid "Error while creating partition table"
+msgstr "Greška pri stvaranju particijske tablice"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
-msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3175
+msgid "Command gpart was not found"
+msgstr "Naredba gpart nije pronađena"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:29
-msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the stylus is mapped to the screen."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3176
+msgid "This feature uses gpart. Please install gpart and try again."
+msgstr "Ova značajka koristi gpart. Instalirajte gpart i pokušajte ponovno."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:45
-msgid ""
-"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
+#. Dialog information
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3184
+msgid "A full disk scan is needed to find file systems."
msgstr ""
+"Potpuno pretraživanje diska je potrebno za pronalazak datotečnih sustava."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:49
-msgid ""
-"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of "
-"the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3186
+msgid "The scan might take a very long time."
+msgstr "Pretraživanje bi moglo potrajati dulje vrijeme."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:52
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3188
msgid ""
-"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the stylus off the tablet and put it down in a different position, "
-"the pointer on the screen doesn’t move. This is the way a mouse operates."
+"After the scan you can mount any discovered file systems and copy the data "
+"to other media."
msgstr ""
+"Nakon pretraživanja možete montirati svaki otkriveni datotečni sustav i "
+"kopirati podatke na druge medije."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
-msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3190
+msgid "Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr "Želite li nastaviti?"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
-msgid "Choose a monitor"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Search for file systems on /deb/sdb
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3194
+msgid "Search for file systems on %1"
+msgstr "Pretraži datotečne sustave na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54
-msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Searching for file systems on /deb/sdb
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3205
+msgid "Searching for file systems on %1"
+msgstr "Pretraživanje datotečnih sustava na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
-msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like No file systems found on /deb/sdb
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3221
+msgid "No file systems found on %1"
+msgstr "Nema pronađenih datotečnih sustava na %1"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56
-msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3222
+msgid ""
+"The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this "
+"disk."
msgstr ""
+"Pretraživanje diska pomoću gpart-a nije pronašlo nijedan poznati datotečni "
+"sustav na disku."
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
-msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3499
+msgid "Are you sure you want to apply the pending operations?"
+msgstr "Sigurno želite primijeniti sve izmjene?"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62
-msgid ""
-"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match the drawing area of the tablet to
"
-"the proportions of the monitor. This setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the "
-"drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a 4∶3 tablet would be "
-"mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a widescreen display."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3505
+msgid "Editing partitions has the potential to cause LOSS of DATA."
+msgstr "Uređivanje particija može uzrokovati potencijalni GUBITAK PODATAKA."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69
-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3507
+msgid "You are advised to backup your data before proceeding."
+msgstr "Preporuka je da prije nastavka napravite sigurnosnu kopiju podataka."
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
-msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3509
+msgid "Apply operations to device"
+msgstr "Primijeni izmjene na uređaju"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26
-msgid "Configure the stylus"
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3552
+msgid "You are deleting non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
+msgstr "Obrist ćete LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43
-msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Wacom tablet</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3556
+msgid "You are formatting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
+msgstr "Formatirat ćete LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46
-msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar."
-msgstr ""
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3560
+msgid "You are pasting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1"
+msgstr "Zalijepit ćete u LVM2 fizički uređaj %1 koji nije prazan"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:47
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3569
msgid ""
-"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to the proximity of the tablet to
"
-"configure it</gui>."
+"Deleting or overwriting the Physical Volume is irrecoverable and will "
+"destroy or damage the Volume Group."
msgstr ""
+"Brisanje ili prepisivanje Fizičkog uređaja je nepovratno i uništiti će ili "
+"oštetiti Grupu uređaja."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3572
msgid ""
-"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) "
-"and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
+"To avoid destroying or damaging the Volume Group, you are advised to cancel "
+"and use external LVM commands to free the Physical Volume before attempting "
+"this operation."
msgstr ""
+"Kako bi izbjegli uništavanje ili oštećivanje Grupe uređaja, preporučeno vam "
+"je da otkažete i upotrijebite vanjske LVM naredbe kako bi oslobodili Fizički "
+"uređaj prije pokušaja ove promjene."
+
+#: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:3575
+msgid "Do you want to continue to forcibly delete the Physical Volume?"
+msgstr "Želite li nastaviti prisilno obrisati Fizički uređaj?"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:55
+#: ../src/btrfs.cc:293
+msgid "Failed to find devid for path %1"
+msgstr "Neuspjeli pronalazak id-a uređaja za putanju %1"
+
+#: ../src/fat16.cc:32 ../src/ntfs.cc:35
msgid ""
-"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how physical pressure is translated "
-"to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
+"Changing the UUID might invalidate the Windows Product Activation (WPA) key"
msgstr ""
+"Promjena UUID-a može poništiti ključ aktivacije Windows proizvoda (WPA)"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58
+#: ../src/fat16.cc:34 ../src/ntfs.cc:37
msgid ""
-"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to "
-"each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click,
"
-"Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or Forward."
+"On FAT and NTFS file systems, the Volume Serial Number is used as the UUID. "
+"Changing the Volume Serial Number on the Windows system partition, normally "
+"C:, might invalidate the WPA key. An invalid WPA key will prevent login "
+"until you reactivate Windows."
msgstr ""
+"Na FAT i NTFS datotečnim sustavima, kao serijski broj uređaja koristi se "
+"UUID. Promjena serijskog broja uređaja na particiji Windows sustava, "
+"uobičajeno to je C:, može poništit WPA ključ. Poništeni WPA ključ će "
+"spriječiti prijavu u Windowse sve dok ih ponvono ne aktivirate."
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:63
+#: ../src/fat16.cc:38 ../src/ntfs.cc:43
msgid ""
-"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</"
-"gui>."
+"Changing the UUID on external storage media and non-system partitions is "
+"usually safe, but guarantees cannot be given."
msgstr ""
+"Promjena UUID na medijima vanjske pohrane i particijama na kojima nije "
+"instaliran operativni sustav uobičajeno je sigurno, ali bez daljnih jamstava."
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
+#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:35
+msgid "_Swapon"
+msgstr "_Swapon"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:70
+#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:36
+msgid "_Swapoff"
+msgstr "_Swapoff"
+
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Partition move action skipped because linux-swap file system does not
contain data
+#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:195
msgid ""
-"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device name to choose which stylus to "
-"configure."
+"Partition move action skipped because %1 file system does not contain data"
msgstr ""
+"Promjena pomicanja particije je preskočena jer %1 datotečni sustav ne sadrži "
+"podatke"
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/wacom.page:7
-msgctxt "link:trail"
-msgid "Wacom"
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Partition copy action skipped because linux-swap file system does not
contain data
+#: ../src/linux_swap.cc:214
+msgid ""
+"Partition copy action skipped because %1 file system does not contain data"
msgstr ""
+"Zadatak kopiranja particije je preskočen jer %1 datotečni sustav ne sadrži "
+"podatke"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom.page:8
-msgid "Configure your Wacom graphics tablet, including the tracking mode and which monitor it is mapped to."
-msgstr ""
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
+#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:31
+msgid "Ac_tivate"
+msgstr "Ak_tiviraj"
+
+#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:32
+msgid "Deac_tivate"
+msgstr "Deak_tiviraj"
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom.page:29
-msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
-msgstr "Wacom grafički tablet"
+#: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:35
+msgid ""
+"The LVM2 Physical Volume can not currently be resized because it is a member "
+"of an exported Volume Group."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM2 fizičkom uređaju se ne može trenutno promijeniti veličina jer je član "
+"izvezene Grupe uređaja."
-#~ msgid "Documents"
-#~ msgstr "Dokumenti"
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu
+#: ../src/luks.cc:33
+msgid "Open Encryption"
+msgstr "Otvori šifriranje"
-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Zasloni</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+#: ../src/luks.cc:34
+msgid "Close Encryption"
+msgstr "Zatvori šifriranje"
-#~ msgctxt "link"
-#~ msgid "Music and players"
-#~ msgstr "Glazba i reproduktori"
+#: ../src/luks.cc:148
+msgid ""
+"Maximize closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill "
+"the partition when opened"
+msgstr ""
+"Povećavanje zatvorenog LUKS šifriranja je preskočeno zato jer će automatski "
+"ispuniti paraticiju kada se otvori"
-#~ msgid "Music and portable audio players"
-#~ msgstr "Glazbeni i prijenosni reproduktori"
+#: ../src/main.cc:47
+msgid "Root privileges are required for running GParted"
+msgstr "Za pokretanje GParteda su potrebne administratorske ovlasti"
-#~ msgctxt "link"
-#~ msgid "Photos"
-#~ msgstr "Fotografije"
+#: ../src/main.cc:52
+msgid ""
+"Since GParted is a powerful tool capable of destroying partition tables and "
+"vast amounts of data, only root may run it."
+msgstr ""
+"S obzirom da je GParted moćan alat, sposoban uništiti particijske tablice i "
+"većinu podataka, pokrenuti ga može samo korisnik root."
-#~ msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
-#~ msgstr "Fotografije i digitalne kamere"
+#: ../src/ntfs.cc:41
+msgid ""
+"In an attempt to avoid invalidating the WPA key, on NTFS file systems only "
+"half of the UUID is set to a new random value."
+msgstr ""
+"U pokušaju izbjegavanja poništavanja WPA ključa, na NTFS datotečnim "
+"sustavima samo pola UUID-a je postavljeno na novu naizmjeničnu vrijednost."
-#~ msgctxt "link"
-#~ msgid "Videos"
-#~ msgstr "Video snimke"
+#. simulation..
+#: ../src/ntfs.cc:202
+msgid "run simulation"
+msgstr "pokreni simulaciju"
-#~ msgid "Videos and video cameras"
-#~ msgstr "Video snimke i video kamera"
+#. Real resize
+#: ../src/ntfs.cc:210
+msgid "real resize"
+msgstr "stvarna promjena veličine"
-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Univerzalni pristup</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+#: ../src/udf.cc:186
+msgid "Partition is too large, maximum size is %1"
+msgstr "Particija je prevelika, najveća veličina je %1"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
-#~ "mag\">screen magnifier</link>…"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Gledanje</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">slušanje</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilnost</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braillovo pismo</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"a11y-mag\">povečalo zaslona</link>…"
+#: ../src/udf.cc:194
+msgid "Partition is too small, minimum size is %1"
+msgstr "Particija je premala, najmanja veličina je %1"
-#~ msgid "Universal access"
-#~ msgstr "Univerzalni pristup"
+#: ../src/udf.cc:211
+msgid ""
+"mkudffs prior to version 1.1 does not support non-ASCII characters in the "
+"label."
+msgstr "mkudffs prije inačice 1.1 ne podržava ne-ASCII znakove u nazivu."
-#~ msgid "View options"
-#~ msgstr "Mogućnosti pogleda"
+#~ msgid "Libparted"
+#~ msgstr "Libparted"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"files-search\">Pretraživanje</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">brisanje datoteka</link>, "
-#~ "<link xref=\"files#backup\">sigurnosno kopiranje</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">prijenosni "
-#~ "uređaji</link>…"
+#~ msgid "Ignoring device %1 with logical sector size of %2 bytes."
+#~ msgstr "Zanemarivanje %1 s logičkom veličinom sektora od %2 bajtova."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, "
-#~ "<link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
+#~ "GParted requires libparted version 2.2 or higher to support devices with "
+#~ "sector sizes larger than 512 bytes."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Problemi s hardverom</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">pisači</link>, "
-#~ "<link xref=\"power\">postavke energije</link>, <link xref=\"color\">upravljanje bojom</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">diskovi</link>…"
+#~ "GParted zahtijeva libparted inačice 2.2 ili novije za podršku uređaja sa "
+#~ "sektorima većim od 512 bajtova."
-#~ msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
-#~ msgstr "<_:media-1/> GNOME priručnik"
+#~ msgid "roll back last transaction"
+#~ msgstr "vrati posljednju transakciju"
-#~ msgid "Click <gui>Region & Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel."
-#~ msgstr "Kliknite na <gui>Jezik i regija</gui> u bočnoj traci za otvaranje panela."
+#~ msgid "N/A"
+#~ msgstr "NEDOSTUPNO"
-#~ msgid "Log out"
-#~ msgstr "Odjavi se"
+#~ msgid "copy of %1"
+#~ msgstr "kopija od %1"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitalne kamere</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPodovi</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"media#photos\">uređivanje fotografija</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">gledanje video snimka</"
-#~ "link>…"
+#~ msgid "moving requires old and new length to be the same"
+#~ msgstr "premještanje zahtijeva identičnu staru i novu dužinu"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</"
-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Glasnoća zvuka</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">zvučnici i "
-#~ "slušalice</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">mikrofoni</link>…"
+#~ msgid "resizing requires old and new start to be the same"
+#~ msgstr "promjena veličine zahtijeva da su stari i novi početak identični"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help "
-#~ "improve this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
-#~ "irc\">IRC</link>…"
+#~ "new and old file system have the same size. Hence skipping this operation"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">pomognite "
-#~ "poboljšati ovaj vodič</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing lista</link>, <link xref=\"help-"
-#~ "irc\">IRC</link>…"
-
-#~ msgid "Trash"
-#~ msgstr "Smeće"
+#~ "novi i stari datotečni sustav ima identičnu veličinu. Promjena preskočena"
-#~ msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
-#~ msgstr "Instalacija Flash priljučka"
+#~ msgid "copy file system of %1 to %2"
+#~ msgstr "kopiranje datotečnog sustava s %1 na %2"
-#~ msgid "LightSpark"
-#~ msgstr "LightSpark"
-
-#~ msgid "Gnash"
-#~ msgstr "Gnash"
+#~ msgid "grow file system"
+#~ msgstr "povećaj datotečni sustav"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi network</link>…"
+#~ "Most likely other partitions are also mounted on these mount points. You "
+#~ "are advised to unmount them manually."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Problemi s bežičnom mrežom</link>, <link
xref=\"net-wireless-"
-#~ "find\">potražite svoju bežičnu mrežu</link>…"
+#~ "Najvjerojatnije su ostale particije također montirane na iste točke. "
+#~ "Preporuka je da ih odmontirate ručno."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden "
-#~ "networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…"
+#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using swapon "
+#~ "with this partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Povezivanje s bežičnim</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
-#~ "hidden\">skrivenim mrežama</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Prekidanje bežičnog "
-#~ "povezivanja</link>…"
+#~ "Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu "
+#~ "izmjena prije korištenja swapon funkcije za ovu particiju."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-#~ "problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-#~ "email\">email accounts</link>…"
+#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using mount "
+#~ "with this partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Bežični</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">žični</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
-#~ "problem\">problemi povezivanja</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web pregledavanje</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"net-email\">računi e-pošte</link>…"
+#~ "Upotrijebite izbornik Uredi za poništavanje, brisanje ili primjenu "
+#~ "izmjena prije korištenja funkcije montiranja za ovu particiju."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and orientation</"
-#~ "link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color "
-#~ "temperature</link>…"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"look-background\">Pozadinska</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">razlučivost i "
-#~ "orijentacija</link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness\">svjetlina</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-"
-#~ "light\">temperatura boje</link>…"
+#~ "The mount action cannot be performed if an operation is pending for the "
+#~ "partition."
+#~ msgstr "Montiranje nije moguće ako postoje izmjene na čekanju za particiju."
+
+#~ msgid "Linux Unified Key Setup encryption is not yet supported."
+#~ msgstr "Linux Unified Key Setup šifriranje još nije podržano."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse & touchpad</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link
xref=\"user-"
-#~ "accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
+#~ "The swapon action cannot be performed if an operation is pending for the "
+#~ "partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tipkovnica</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">miš i touchpad</link>, <link "
-#~ "xref=\"prefs-display\">zaslon</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">jezici</link>, <link xref=\"user-"
-#~ "accounts\">korisnički računi</link>…"
-
-#~ msgid "Activities button and Dash"
-#~ msgstr "Aktivnosti tipka i Pokretač"
+#~ "Swapon ne može biti primijenjen ako su na čekanju promjene za particiju."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>, "
-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows "
-#~ "and workspaces</link>…"
+#~ "The activate Volume Group action cannot be performed if an operation is "
+#~ "pending for the partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Kalendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">obavijesti</link>, "
-#~ "<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">prečaci tipkovnice</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">prozori "
-#~ "i radni prostori</link>…"
-
-#~ msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>"
-#~ msgstr "<app>Mobilno povezivanje</app>"
-
-#~ msgid "Connected to a 4G network."
-#~ msgstr "Povezano sa 4G mrežom."
-
-#~ msgid "Connected to an EDGE network."
-#~ msgstr "Povezano sa EDGE mrežom."
-
-#~ msgid "Connected to a GPRS network."
-#~ msgstr "Povezano sa GPRS mrežom."
-
-#~ msgid "Connected to a UMTS network."
-#~ msgstr "Povezano sa UMTS mrežom."
+#~ "Za aktivaciju Grupe uređaja promjene ne mogu biti izvršene ako ima "
+#~ "promjena na čekanju za particiju."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle "
-#~ "click shortcuts</link>…"
+#~ "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using "
+#~ "activate Volume Group with this partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Posebni znakovi</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">prečaci "
-#~ "srednjeg klika miša</link>…"
-
-#~ msgid "Report a bug or an improvement"
-#~ msgstr "Prijavite grešku ili poboljšanje."
-
-#~ msgid "Juanjo Marin"
-#~ msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
-
-#~ msgid "keyboard"
-#~ msgstr "tipkovnica"
-
-#~ msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
-#~ msgstr "Uvod u GNOME"
-
-#~ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
-#~ msgstr "Gornja traka GNOME ljuske"
-
-#~ msgid "The dash"
-#~ msgstr "Pokretač"
-
-#~ msgid "You and your computer"
-#~ msgstr "Vi i vaše računalo"
+#~ "Upotrijebite Uredi izbornik za poništavanje, brisanje, ili primjenu "
+#~ "promjena prije aktivacije Grupe uređaja na ovoj particiji."
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
